Clinical trial NCT02984683
Conditions: Triple Negative Breast Cancer
Sponsor: Sanofi
Start date: 2017-03-23; Completion date: 2018-09-07
Enrollment: 23 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
Primary Objective:

To evaluate the tumor Objective Response Rate (ORR), according to the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST 1.1) of SAR566658 in participants with anti-carbonic anhydrase 6 (CA6)-positive metastatic triple negative breast cancer (TNBC). Part 1: To select the SAR566658 dose based on ORR and safety of 2 dose levels of SAR566658. Part 2: Part 2a: To demonstrate the activity of SAR566658 based on ORR in participants overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in greater than or equal to (\>=) 30% of tumor cells) treated at the selected dose in an expanded cohort, in addition to the participants treated in Part 1. - Part 2b: To assess the efficacy in participants with metastatic TNBC and mild CA6 expression.

Secondary Objectives:

To assess:

* Disease Control Rate (DCR), Duration of Response (DOR), Progression-Free Survival (PFS), and Time To Progression (TTP).
* The impact of ocular primary prophylaxis on the incidence of keratopathies.
* The potential immunogenicity of SAR566658.
* To evaluate the global safety profile.

Detailed description:
The duration of the study for 1 participant included a screening period of up to 21 days prior to first study drug administration, 3-week treatment cycle(s) (until 30 days after last SAR566658 administration), and a follow-up period. Each participant was treated until radiological disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or participant's refusal of further study treatment.

Arms: arm 1: Participants received SAR566658 90 milligram per square meter (mg/m\^2) as intravenous infusion on Day 1 and Day 8 of each 21-day treatment cycle (maximum number of cycles received was 3). arm 2: Participants received SAR566658 120 mg/m\^2 as intravenous infusion on Day 1 and Day 8 of each 21-day treatment cycle (maximum number of cycles received was 3).
Interventions: intervention 1: SAR566658 (ACT14884)
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Pharmaceutical form:Solution Route of administration: Intravenous

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning 
direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity 
According to template: QSD-003152 VERSION N°3.0 (04-FEB-2016) 
Page 1 
AMENDED CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL NO. 01 
COMPOUND: SAR566658 
Open-label Phase 2 study evaluating efficacy and safety of SAR566658 treatment 
in patients with CA6 positive metastatic Triple Negative Breast Cancer 
STUDY NUMBER: ACT14884 
VERSION DATE / STATUS: Approval date (15-Dec-2016) / Approved 
Protocol Amendment 01 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 15-Dec-2016 
Clinical Trial Protocol 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 24-May-2016 
EudraCT:
2016-001962-27
IND Number(s): 
129987 
Version Number: 
1  
WHO universal trial number: 
U1111-1182-7044 
Date: 
15-Dec-2016 
Total number of pages: 
108 
(electronic 1.0)
NCT Number: NCT02984683


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 2 
NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 
COORDINATING 
INVESTIGATOR 
 
Name: 
Address: 
 
 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
 
 
MONITORING TEAM’S 
REPRESENTATIVE 
 
Name: 
Address: 
 
 
 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
 
 
SPONSOR 
 
Company: 
Address: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER EMERGENCY 
TELEPHONE NUMBERS 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 3 
CLINICAL TRIAL SUMMARY 
 
COMPOUND: SAR566658 
STUDY No.: ACT14884 
TITLE 
Open-label Phase 2 study evaluating efficacy and safety of 
SAR566658 treatment in patients with CA6 positive metastatic Triple 
Negative Breast Cancer 
INVESTIGATOR/TRIAL LOCATION 
International 
PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT 
Phase II 
STUDY OBJECTIVE(S) 
 
Primary objective: 
• 
To evaluate the tumor Objective Response Rate (ORR), 
according to the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid 
Tumors (RECIST 1.1) (1) of SAR566658 in patients with 
CA6-positive metastatic triple negative breast cancer 
(TNBC). 
• 
Part 1: To select the SAR566658 dose based on ORR and 
safety of 2 dose levels of SAR566658 in patients with 
metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity 
of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells). 
• 
Part 2:  
- 
Part 2a: To demonstrate the activity of SAR566658 
based on ORR in patients with metastatic TNBC 
overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in 
≥30% of tumor cells) treated at the selected dose in an 
expanded cohort, in addition to the patients treated in 
Part 1, 
- 
Part 2b: To assess the efficacy of SAR566658 based 
on ORR in patients with metastatic TNBC and mild CA6 
expression (with at least 1% positive tumor cells at 
intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 
3+) treated at the selected dose in a “mild CA6 
expression cohort”. 
Secondary objectives: 
Part 1 and Part 2 
• 
To assess: 
- 
Disease Control Rate (DCR), Duration Of Response 
(DOR), Progression-Free Survival (PFS), and Time To 
Progression (TTP), 
- 
The impact of ocular primary prophylaxis on the 
incidence of keratopathies, 
- 
The pharmacokinetic (PK) profile of SAR566658, 
- 
The potential immunogenicity of SAR566658, 
- 
The relationship between CA6 expression level in the 
tumor, and circulating CA6 in blood at baseline, and 
efficacy outcomes. 
• 
To evaluate the global safety profile. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 4 
 
Exploratory objectives: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STUDY DESIGN 
This is an open-label, multicenter, Phase II study evaluating the 
efficacy and safety of SAR566658 administered as a single agent by 
intravenous infusion in patients with CA6-positive metastatic TNBC 
after at least 1 prior chemotherapy regimen, but no more than 3 for 
advanced/metastatic disease. CA6 expression will be assessed by 
immunohistochemistry (IHC) at a central laboratory on the most recent 
available tumor sample (ie, archive tumor tissue at diagnosis, archive 
tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent metastatic biopsy). 
The prescreening phase will correspond to the timing for the patient’s 
tumor sample collection to allow determination of CA6 expression by 
central IHC. 
Patient prescreening, screening and enrollment will be centralized by 
Interactive Voice/Web Response System (IVRS/IWRS). 
The study will be performed in 2 parts: 
Part 1 
A total of 28 patients with metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 
(membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells) will be 
randomized either to the 90 mg/m2 or to the 120 mg/m2 cohort in a 
1:1 ratio, both given at Day 1 and Day 8 of each 3-week cycle. Patients 
randomized but not treated will be replaced. Study treatment should be 
initiated no later than 3 days after randomization. 
During treatment, safety will be monitored and the risks for predefined 
safety criteria (see endpoints) during the first 2 cycles will be followed 
and assessed using a Bayesian binomial model. In particular, risks for 
overdosing and unacceptable toxicity will be assessed as soon as 
4 patients treated at the dose level of 120 mg/m2 become evaluable for 
the predefined safety criteria. The Bayesian model assessing the rate 
of predefined safety criteria will use dose as a parameter. 
The decision to stop 1 arm may be taken on the basis of risk of the 
assessed overdosing (ie, predefined safety criteria rate above 40%) 
and unacceptable toxicity (ie, predefined safety criteria rate above 
60%). The model recommends stopping 1 arm when its overdosing 
risk or unacceptable toxicity risk will not be controlled at the levels of 
25% and 5%, respectively. 
Randomization will be centralized by IVRS/IWRS, stratified on Eastern 
Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS) 
(0 versus 1). Randomization should be done when all eligibility criteria 
are checked and the patient deemed eligible. Randomization will be 
stopped at the end of Part 1 and the recruitment will be authorized in 
Part 2 only when the selected dose is chosen.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 5 
The selection of the dose to be continued in Part 2 will be made at the 
end of Part 1. 
An interim futility and overwhelming efficacy analysis on ORR 
according to RECIST 1.1 will be done on the first 14 patients treated in 
each cohort; if at least 2 confirmed responses (partial response [PR] or 
complete response [CR]) in at least 1 arm are observed then the study 
can continue in Part 2, if the safety profile is acceptable. 
In addition to the efficacy criteria, safety criteria including the rate (%) 
of patients experiencing an eye disorder, or peripheral neuropathy, or a 
treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) leading to dose 
modification (reduction or omission) or drug discontinuation, will be 
considered. 
In case of the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 14 patients) not being 
reached for a given dose, then this dose is not selected. 
In case of neither dose reaching the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 
14 patients), then the study will be stopped. 
In case of comparable ORR and safety profile between 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w, then the lower dose (90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w) will be chosen. 
In case of higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a comparable 
safety profile to 90 mg/m2, then 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w will be chosen. 
In case of higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a better safety 
profile with 90 mg/m2, then the dose will be selected on the best 
risk/benefit assessment. 
If there are 6 objective responses or more in the first 14 patients 
treated at 1 dose, then the study could be stopped for overwhelming 
efficacy. 
Part 2 
Part 2a: The expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort with an additional 
15 metastatic TNBC patients with CA6 overexpression (membrane 
intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells) will start at the selected 
dose using the same selection criteria as for Part 1. If at least 
7 responders (PR or CR) are seen among the 29 patients, then the null 
hypothesis of 12% ORR can be rejected. This test has a 1-sided 
Type 1 error of 10% and 80% power for an alternative hypothesis of 
30% response rate. 
Part 2b: An additional mild CA6 expression cohort of 20 metastatic 
TNBC patients with mild CA6 membrane intensity with at least 
1% positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at 
intensity of 2+, 3+, will be assessed at the selected dose. 
STUDY POPULATION  
Main selection criteria 
Inclusion criteria: 
I 01. Metastatic TNBC. 
I 02. Patient with measurable disease, as per RECIST 1.1 criteria 
(Appendix A). 
I 03. Histologically documented TNBC (either at primary diagnostic or 
at metastatic site) that is estrogen receptor (ER)-negative and 
progesterone receptor (PgR)-negative (<1% tumor staining by 
IHC), and human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) 
nonoverexpressing by IHC (0, 1+) or in situ hybridization-
negative based on single-probe average HER2 copy number 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 6 
<4.0 signals/cell or dual-probe HER2/CEP17 ratio <2 with an 
average HER2 copy number <4.0 signals/cell as per American 
Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) guidelines (2). 
I 04. Patients with CA6-positive disease defined as membrane 
intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells (Part 1 and Part 2a) 
or with at least 1% positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and 
<30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 3+ (Part 2b). 
I 05. Patients received at least 1 prior chemotherapy regimen but no 
more than 3 for advanced/metastatic disease. 
a) 
Adjuvant/neo-adjuvant therapy will be counted as prior 
chemotherapy regimen if the patient had a 
progression/recurrence within 6 months after completion 
of the treatment, 
b) 
Prior hormonal, biologic (eg, bevacizumab) or 
immunotherapy, without a cytotoxic agent, are allowed 
and are not counted as line of therapy, 
c) 
A chemotherapy line in advanced/metastatic disease is 
an anticancer regimen that contains at least 1 cytotoxic 
chemotherapy agent and was discontinued due to 
progression. If a cytotoxic chemotherapy regimen was 
discontinued for a reason other than disease 
progression then this regimen does not count as a "prior 
line of chemotherapy" unless this regimen was 
discontinued after treatment response (CR, PR or stable 
disease [SD]) and disease progression occurring before 
another line of chemotherapy. 
I 06. Prior anticancer therapy must have contained anthracycline 
(eg, doxorubicin), if not contraindicated, and a taxane 
(eg, docetaxel, paclitaxel) in an adjuvant/neo-adjuvant or 
metastatic setting. 
I 07. Signed written informed consent. 
Exclusion criteria: 
Related to methodology 
E 01. ECOG PS ≥2 (Appendix B). 
E 02. Patient less than 18 years old. 
E 03. Any severe acute or chronic medical condition including 
uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, history of cardiovascular disease 
(congestive heart failure, severe or unstable angina pectoris, 
recent myocardial infraction within last 6 months, history of 
clinically significant active chronic obstructive pulmonary disease 
[COPD], or other moderate-to-severe chronic respiratory illnesses 
present within last 6 months) which, in the Investigator’s opinion, 
may impair the ability of the patient to participate in the study, or 
interfere with interpretation of study results, or make the patient 
unable to comply with the study procedures. 
E 04. Pregnant or breast-feeding women. 
E 05. Patients with reproductive potential who do not agree to use 
accepted and effective method of contraception during the study 
treatment period and for 6 months following discontinuation of 
study drug. The definition of “effective method of contraception” 
described hereafter: oral contraceptives, combined hormonal 
intravaginal, transdermal, intrauterine device or condoms will be 
based on country-specific regulatory requirements, and 
documented in the Informed Consent Form (Appendix C). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 7 
E 06. Adverse events (AEs) (excluding alopecia and those listed in 
the specific exclusion criteria) from any prior anticancer therapy 
of Grade >1 (National Cancer Institute Common Terminology 
Criteria for Adverse Events [NCI CTCAE] v4.03; 
see Appendix D) at the time of randomization. 
E 07. Wash out period of less than 3 weeks or 5 half-lives from 
previous antitumor chemotherapy, immunotherapy, or any 
investigational treatment. 
E 08. Patient has received wide field radiotherapy ≤4 weeks prior to 
starting study treatment, or limited field radiation for palliation 
≤2 weeks prior to starting study treatment, or has not recovered 
from the side effects of such therapy. 
E 09. Patient has undergone major surgery ≤3 weeks prior to starting 
study treatment, or has not recovered from the side effects of 
major surgery. 
E 10. History of brain metastasis (other than totally resected or 
previously irradiated and nonprogressive/relapsed), spinal cord 
compression or carcinomatous meningitis, or new evidence of 
brain leptomeningeal disease. 
E 11. Prior malignancy. Adequately treated basal cell or squamous 
cell skin or superficial (pTis, pTa, and pT1) and bladder cancer 
are allowed, as well as any other cancer for which treatment 
has been completed ≥3 years ago and from which the patient 
has been disease-free for ≥3 years. 
E 12. Participation in another clinical trial and any concurrent 
treatment with any investigational drug within 30 days prior to 
randomization. 
E 13. Prior treatment with eribulin as last therapy prior to enrollment, 
or prior maytansinoid treatments (DM1 or DM4 antibody-drug 
conjugates [ADCs]). 
Related to study treatment 
E 14. Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS-related illnesses) 
or known HIV disease requiring antiretroviral treatment. 
E 15. Known active hepatitis A, B, or C infection that requires 
treatment. 
E 16. Known intolerance to infused protein products including other 
monoclonal antibodies and ADCs. 
E 17. Poor bone marrow reserve as defined by absolute neutrophil 
count <1.5 x 109/L or platelets <100 x 109/L or hemoglobin 
<9 g/dL. 
E 18. Poor organ function as defined by 1 of the following: 
a) 
Total bilirubin >1.5 x upper limit of normal (ULN) (except 
patients with Gilbert’s syndrome: total bilirubin 
≤3.0 x ULN, with direct bilirubin ≤1.5 x ULN), 
b) 
Aspartate aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, 
or alkaline phosphatase >2.5 x ULN; except >5 x ULN 
in case of documented liver metastasis or alkaline 
phosphatase >5 x ULN in case of documented bone 
metastasis, 
c) 
Serum creatinine >1.5 x ULN, except if calculated 
creatinine clearance ≥60 mL/min (as per  
Cockcroft-Gault formula, see Appendix E). 
E 19. Symptomatic peripheral neuropathy Grade ≥2 (NCI CTCAE 
v4.03). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 8 
E 20. Previous history of chronic corneal diseases (even if 
asymptomatic) or unresolved acute nonrecurrent corneal 
conditions. 
E 21. Patients wearing contact lenses who are not willing to stop 
wearing them for the duration of the study. 
E 22. Medical conditions requiring concomitant administration of 
strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (see Appendix F), unless it can be 
discontinued at least 2 weeks before 1st administration of 
SAR566658. 
E 23. Contraindications to the use of ophthalmic vasoconstrictor 
and/or corticosteroid as per package insert of each drug, 
including the following: increased intraocular pressure, prior or 
current glaucoma, narrow-angle glaucoma, ongoing eye 
infection, uncontrolled hypertension, known/suspected allergy to 
constituents of the preparation (such as sodium bisulfite). 
Total expected number of patients 
A total of approximately 63 patients will be enrolled into this study 
(Part 1: 28 patients [14 in each cohort]; Part 2: 35 patients at the 
selected dose [Part 2a: 15 patients and Part 2b: 20 patients]). The 
actual sample size will vary depending on safety assessment and 
whether futility and overwhelming criteria are met in Part 1. 
Expected number of sites: 
Approximately 30 sites internationally. 
STUDY TREATMENT(S) 
 
Investigational medicinal product(s) 
SAR566658 
Formulation: 
SAR566658 is supplied as a 25 mL, extractable, colorless to slightly 
yellow concentrate for solution for infusion of 125 mg in a 30 mL Type I 
glass vial. 
Route(s) of administration: 
SAR566658 will be administered by intravenous (IV) infusion at a rate 
of 2.5 mg/min for 30 minutes and then increased to a maximal rate of 
5 mg/min in the absence of hypersensitivity reactions. SAR566658 will 
be administered on Day 1 and Day 8 of every 21-day cycle. Dose 
modification (reduction or omission), treatment delay, and/or treatment 
discontinuation are planned in case of severe toxicity. 
Dose regimen: 
Part 1: 
Patients will be randomly allocated to receive 1 of the 2 following 
doses: 
• 
Cohort 1: 90 mg/m2 of SAR566658 on D1 and D8 repeated 
every 21 days. This will constitute 1 cycle of treatment. 
• 
Cohort 2: 120 mg/m2 of SAR566658 on D1 and D8 repeated 
every 21 days. This will constitute 1 cycle of treatment. 
Part 2: 
Expansion/overexpressing CA6 and mild CA6 expression cohorts 
SAR566658 will be administered at the dose of 90 mg/m2 or 
120 mg/m2 on D1 and D8 of every 21-day cycle depending on dose 
level selected from Part 1. 
Ocular primary prophylaxis (Part 1 and Part 2): 
All patients (Part 1 and Part 2) will receive ocular primary prophylaxis 
in each eye in order to prevent the occurrence of keratopathies at the 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 9 
time of each infusion (vasoconstrictor, ophthalmic topical steroid, and 
cold mask on eyes) and steroid eye drops for an additional 2 days 
following SAR566658 administration (a total of 3 days steroid 
ophthalmic therapy including Day 1 for each cycle). Topical artificial 
tears are recommended to be instilled in each eye up to 6 times per 
day during the whole study treatment period. 
Premedication 
Premedication with histamine H1 antagonist (diphenhydramine 50 mg 
or equivalent given orally approximately 1 hour before SAR566658 
administration) is required for all patients. 
ENDPOINT(S) 
 
Primary endpoints: 
Part 1 
Safety endpoint 
Incidence of investigational medicinal product (IMP)-related predefined 
safety criteria during Cycle 1 and Cycle 2. 
Predefined safety criteria are defined as the occurrence of any 
following related TEAE using NCI CTCAE v4.03: 
• 
Grade ≥3 TEAE from the System Organ Class of eye 
disorders. 
• 
Grade ≥3 peripheral neuropathy (Preferred Term). 
• 
Grade ≥4 TEAE. 
Efficacy endpoint 
Objective Response Rate, defined as the proportion of CR and PR as 
best response according to RECIST 1.1. Confirmation of objective 
responses will be performed by repeat tumor imaging (Computerized 
Tomography [CT] scan, Magnetic Resonance Imaging [MRI]) at least 
4 weeks after the first radiological documentation of response. 
Part 2 
Part 2a (expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort) 
Objective Response Rate (see Part 1). 
A total of 15 additional patients will be treated and the analyses 
performed on the whole population treated at the selected dose (Part 1 
and Part 2a). 
Part 2b (mild CA6 expression cohort) 
Objective Response Rate (see Part 1). 
A total of 20 patients with a mild CA6-positive membrane intensity, with 
at least 1% positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor 
cells at intensity of 2+, 3+, will be treated and the analyses performed. 
Secondary endpoints (Part 1 and Part 2): 
• 
Disease control rate (DCR): number of patients with CR, PR 
and stable disease (SD) with a duration of at least 3 months. 
• 
Duration of Response (DOR): defined as the time from the 
first documentation of objective tumor response (CR or PR) 
to the first radiological documentation of tumor progression 
or death (due to any cause), whichever comes first. 
• 
Progression-free survival (PFS): defined as the time interval 
between the date of first study treatment administration and 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 10 
the date of documented tumor progression or death (due to 
any cause), whichever comes first. 
• 
Time to progression (TTP): defined as the time interval 
between the date of first study treatment administration and 
the date of the first radiologically documented tumor 
progression. 
• 
Safety profile of the study treatment in terms of AEs/Serious 
Adverse Events (SAEs) and laboratory parameters: 
- 
Type, frequency, severity, seriousness, and relatedness 
of study TEAEs will be assessed according to NCI 
CTCAE v4.03, 
- 
Laboratory abnormalities will be assessed according to 
NCI CTCAE v4.03. 
• 
Evaluation of keratopathies using ocular primary prophylaxis.  
• 
PK parameters assessed for SAR566658, naked huDS6 
(SAR404461), and unconjugated maytansinoids (DM4 and 
Me-DM4). 
• 
Immunogenicity evaluation: anti-SAR566658 antibodies 
(antitherapeutic antibodies [ATA]). 
• 
CA6 expression in tumors by IHC at baseline. 
• 
Circulating CA6 at baseline. 
Other endpoints: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE 
Clinical examinations (including height at baseline only, weight, ECOG 
PS, and vital signs), laboratory tests (including complete blood counts, 
serum chemistry and coagulation), 12-lead ECG, concomitant 
medications, and AEs (NCI CTCAE v.4.03) will be obtained prior to 
drug administration, every cycle before treatment administration and 
up to 30 days after the last study treatment administration. Laboratory 
tests (including complete blood counts, and serum chemistry) will be 
also obtained at D8 and D15 for the first 2 cycles and complete blood 
counts only at D8 for the subsequent cycles, before treatment 
administration where applicable. 
An ECG will be obtained within 7 days prior to first drug administration 
and at the end of treatment. 
Efficacy evaluation: 
Tumor assessments (CT-scan or MRI and any other exams as 
clinically indicated) will be performed at baseline and every 6 weeks 
during the study treatment period from baseline to disease progression 
even if the patient discontinued study treatment before progressive 
disease or study cut-off whichever comes first. Confirmatory 
radiological evaluation will be performed at least 4 weeks after initial 
documentation of response.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 11 
PK evaluation/immunogenicity: 
Assessments will be performed using blood-samples collected at 
baseline, at specific time points of each cycle, and at the end of 
treatment and follow-up visits as specified in the PK/immunogenicity 
flow chart (Section 1.4). 
Biomarker analyses: 
CA6 expression will be assessed by IHC at a central laboratory on the 
most recent available tumor sample (ie, archive tumor tissue at 
diagnosis, archive tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent metastatic 
biopsy). 
Blood samples for circulating CA6 and 
 will be collected as 
specified in the flow chart (Section 1.2). 
 
 (Section 1.2). 
 
(Section 1.2). 
After study treatment discontinuation, patients will be followed every 
6 weeks until death, study cut-off date or withdrawal of patient’s 
consent. 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
 
Randomization: 
In Part 1, treatment assignment will be done centrally via an 
IVRS/IWRS using a permuted–block randomization stratified according 
to ECOG PS (0 versus 1). All eligible patients will be randomly 
assigned to either the dose 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w or to the dose 
120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w in a 1:1 proportion. 
Sample size determination: 
It is anticipated that approximately 63 patients will be enrolled into this 
study. This study is separated into 2 parts: 
Part 1: 14 patients overexpressing CA6 will be treated in parallel at 
each dose level: 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 
q3w. 
Based on efficacy and safety (including predefined safety 
criteria), supported by PK data, 1 dose will be selected if the 
futility criteria on ORR is not met (see study design). 
Part 2:  
Part 2a: 15 additional patients overexpressing CA6 will be 
treated in the expansion cohort at the selected dose. 
Part 2b: In parallel, 20 additional patients in a mild CA6 
expression cohort will be treated at the selected dose. 
• 
Sample size determination for Part 1 and Part 2a 
(expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort) 
The sample size calculation is based on efficacy criteria (ORR). 
A 2-stage design will be used for the selected dose. It is expected 
that a beneficial ORR under SAR566658 is of at least 30% (H1). An 
ORR of 12% (or less) will be considered as clinically nonrelevant 
(H0). On the basis of these assumptions, 29 treated patients at the 
selected dose at the end of Part 2a would be necessary to reject 
null response rate of 12% with a global power of 80% and a 1-sided 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 12 
alpha level of 10%. An interim analysis is planned in Part 1 after 
14 patients have been treated at each dose. 
 
Part 1 
An interim analysis will be performed to assess futility (to reject 
early the hypothesis that the response rate is 30%). If there is 0 or 
1 response (CR or PR) in the first 14 patients treated at each dose, 
the critical boundary 7.1% is not met and the alternative hypothesis 
of at least 30% will be rejected. If the critical boundary of 7.1% is 
reached (2 responses or more), the study will continue in Part 2 at 
the selected dose. 
At the same interim analysis, overwhelming efficacy will be 
assessed (to reject early that the response rate is less or equal to 
12%). If there are 6 responses or more in the first 14 patients 
treated at 1 dose, the critical boundary of 42.9% is reached and the 
null hypothesis of 12% will be rejected. 
Overall, this procedure has 80% statistical power (1-sided alpha 
level of 10%) to reject the null hypothesis, using a gamma (-2) beta 
spending function for futility analysis and a Lan-DeMets (OF) alpha 
spending function in a 1 sample test for a binomial proportion (East 
version 6.3 using exact computations, Cytel Software, Cambridge, 
MA). 
The dose selection will be done at the end of Part 1, following 
decision criteria explained in the study design section. 
Part 2a 
A total of 7 confirmed responses (CR or PR) or more out of 
29 patients (patients from Part 1 and Part 2a at the selected dose) 
will be necessary to reject the null hypothesis at the end of the 
Part 2a expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort. 
• 
Sample size determination for the Part 2b (mild CA6 
expression cohort)  
At the selected dose, the relationship between CA6 expression level 
and efficacy outcomes will be assessed by adding a cohort of 
20 patients with mild CA6 membrane staining (with at least 1% 
positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at 
intensity of 2+, 3+). 
With a sample size of 20 patients, a true response rate above 15% 
can be rejected with 83% confidence if we observe 0 or 1 response. 
Moreover, if we observe 7 responses in the 29 patients in the CA6 
overexpression cohort (≥30%, 2+/3+) and ≤1 response in the mild CA6 
expression cohort (CA6 IHC = (<30% 2+, 3+ and at least 1% positive 
cells at intensity ≥1+), the 1-sided p-value (according to Fisher’s exact 
test) will be around 7% suggesting an association between biomarker 
status and ORR. 
Analysis population: 
Safety population: The all treated population consisting of patients who 
will actually receive at least 1 dose (or any partial) of SAR566658. This 
population is the primary population for the analyses of efficacy and 
safety parameters. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 13 
Response evaluable population: Sensitivity analyses of the primary 
efficacy endpoint will be performed on the response evaluable 
population, defined as patients with measurable disease at study entry, 
with CA6 positivity according to the threshold defined in the relevant 
study part (Part 1 and Part 2a or Part 2b), and who had an evaluable 
response assessment during the treatment period (see Section 11.3.3 
and Section 11.4.5.1). Treated patients who could not have a 
postbaseline tumor assessment because of early disease progression 
or early death due to progressive disease are also included in the 
response evaluable population. 
Evaluable for predefined selection criteria population: Only for Part 1, 
predefined safety criteria evaluation will be performed on patients 
treated in the study who have completed 2 cycles, or who experienced 
predefined safety criteria (whatever the dose received). 
Other populations for secondary endpoints analysis (eg, PK 
populations, and population evaluable for ATA) will be defined in the 
body of the protocol. 
Primary analysis of the primary endpoints: 
Safety endpoint (Part 1) 
Predefined safety criteria occurring at Cycle 1 and 2 and AEs meeting 
predefined safety criteria occurring at any additional cycle will be 
assessed and analyzed on the all treated population. 
Efficacy endpoint (Part 1 and Part 2) 
The ORR will be estimated on the all treated population and provided 
with its exact 80% confidence interval. 
Analysis of secondary endpoints: 
The DCR will be estimated on the all treated population and provided 
with its exact 95% confidence interval. Duration of response will be 
provided for responding patients. Time to progression as well as PFS 
will be estimated on the all treated population using the Kaplan-Meier 
method. Kaplan-Meier curves for TTP and PFS will be provided. 
Type (according to current version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory 
Activities [MedDRA]), frequency, seriousness, severity (according to 
NCI CTCAE v4.03) and relationship of TEAEs, including predefined 
safety criteria, will be assessed and analyzed for all treated patients. 
Occurrence, time to occurrence, and severity of keratopathy will also 
be evaluated for patients with primary prophylaxis. 
Pharmacokinetics and immunogenicity parameters will be summarized 
with descriptive statistics. 
Analyses will be performed in order to assess the correlation between 
clinical outcomes and CA6 tumor expression and circulating CA6. 
PK evaluation 
Pharmacokinetic samples will be collected in all patients in order to 
perform population PK analysis using a nonlinear mixed-effects 
modelling approach. This analysis will involve an estimation of 
interpatient PK variability, the population PK parameter estimates, and 
the assessments of demographic and patho-physiologic covariate 
effects on clearance, and possibly on volume if warranted. Empirical 
Bayesian estimation of individual PK model parameters and of 
individual exposure parameters of interest (such as maximum 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 14 
concentration [Cmax] and area under the plasma concentration-time 
curve [AUC]) will also be performed. Those estimates will then be 
investigated as prognostic factors for clinical outcome including safety 
and efficacy endpoints, if possible. 
 
 
DURATION OF STUDY PERIOD (per patient) The duration of the study for 1 patient will include a screening period of 
up to 21 days prior to first study drug administration, 3-week treatment 
cycle(s) (until 30 days after last SAR566658 administration), and a 
follow-up period. Each patient will be treated until radiological disease 
progression, unacceptable toxicity, or patient’s refusal of further study 
treatment. After the completion of the study treatment, each patient will 
be followed every 6 weeks until radiological disease progression, 
death, study cut-off, or withdrawal of patient’s consent, whichever 
comes first. For patients who discontinue study treatment prior to 
documentation of disease progression, date of disease progression 
and further anticancer treatment will be collected at the follow-up visit. 
The first cut-off date for the selection of the selected dose corresponds 
to the date on which all patients treated in Part 1, whatever the dose, 
have had at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced 
confirmed objective response, or have discontinued the study for any 
reason. However, if the futility criteria of 2 responders is either met or 
not met with certainty for both arms when all patients have had 
2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective 
response, or discontinued the study for any reason, the first cut-off 
date may be done at that time instead. The recruitment will be put on 
hold at the time of the interim analysis until the decision regarding dose 
selection and the start of Part 2 has been made. 
The second cut-off date for primary ORR analysis corresponds to the 
date on which all patients treated in Part 2a and Part 2b have had at 
least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed 
objective response, or have discontinued the study for any reason. 
However, if the primary criteria of 7 responders is either met or not met 
with certainty at the end of the Part 2a in the selected dose when all 
patients have had 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced 
confirmed objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason 
and when all the patients of the Part 2b have had 2 postbaseline tumor 
assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or 
discontinued the study for any reason, the second cut-off date may be 
done at that time instead. 
After the second cut-off date for primary ORR analysis, patients who 
are still receiving study treatment can continue study treatment, if 
clinical benefit is observed, until progressive disease, unacceptable 
toxicity, or patient’s refusal, and will continue to undergo all 
assessments as per the study flow chart. For patients in follow-up and 
still alive at the cut-off date, an update for survival status at 6 months 
after this date will be collected. 
Patients without documented disease progression but not on treatment 
at the second cut-off date will be followed for any ongoing AEs. In 
addition, imaging to document disease progression and survival status 
will be collected (every 6 weeks) for 6 months after the cut-off date. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 15 
STUDY COMMITTEE 
A Steering Committee will be responsible for monitoring and 
supervising the progress of the study. This committee will include the 
study chairman, 2 main Investigators, Sponsor representatives and 
any ad hoc ophthalmologist external expert, as needed. The Steering 
Committee procedures will be detailed in a Steering Committee charter 
and approved by the Steering Committee members. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 16 
1 
FLOW CHARTS 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN 
1.1.1 Overall study design 
 
Abbreviations: D: day; q3w: every 3 weeks; SD: selected dose; TNBC: triple negative breast cancer. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 17 
1.1.2 Schematic study schedule (Part 1 and Part 2) 
 
 
Abbreviations: +ve: positive; D: day; ICF: informed consent form; IVRS/IWRS: Interactive Voice/Web Response System; q3w: every 3 weeks; W: week. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 18 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART 
 
Prescreeninga 
Screening 
(prior to first 
infusion)b 
 
Treatment Cycle 1 
Treatment Cycle 2 
Subsequent 
cycles 
Day 
 
-21 to 1 
-7 to 1 
 
-1 
1d 
8d 
15 
21 
1d 
8d 
15 
21 
1d 
8d 
21 
End of 
treatment 
(Day 30 
after last 
infusion) 
Follow-up 
periodt 
CA6 expression status (archival 
tumor tissue) – central IHC/ 
prescreening Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria/ 
Informed Consent 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demography and medical/disease 
history 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Physical examinatione/  
signs and symptoms 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Hematologyf 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
Coagulationg 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
Blood chemistryh 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
Serum pregnancy testi 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
12-lead ECGj 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
SAR566658 administrationk 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
Primary prophylaxis for ocular eventl 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
Hospitalizationm 
 
 
 
R 
A 
N 
D 
O 
M 
I 
Z 
A 
T 
I 
O 
Nc 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AE assessmentn 
 
Continuously throughout the study period 
Concomitant medicationo 
 
Continuously throughout the study period 
PK/immunogenicity assessmentp 
 
See PK/immunogenicity flow chart 
Specific ocular testsq 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tumor assessmentr 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
X 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 19 
 
Prescreeninga 
Screening 
(prior to first 
infusion)b 
 
Treatment Cycle 1 
Treatment Cycle 2 
Subsequent 
cycles 
Day 
 
-21 to 1 
-7 to 1 
 
-1 
1d 
8d 
15 
21 
1d 
8d 
15 
21 
1d 
8d 
21 
End of 
treatment 
(Day 30 
after last 
infusion) 
Follow-up 
periodt 
Circulating CA6s 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further anticancer therapy 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
Survival statusu 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
1.3 
FOOTNOTES FOR STUDY FLOW CHART 
 
a Prescreening: the preselection test on CA6 positivity will be determined by centralized IHC on FFPE slides collected from the most recent available tumor samples (6 FFPE slides). Extra slides, if available, will be 
preserved and used to support the development of a potential in vitro diagnostic assay for a registration trial. The CA6 IHC staining will be performed at a centralized laboratory; a prescreening Informed Consent 
will be signed by the patient for this purpose. The positivity of CA6 is defined by IHC with membrane staining of ≥30% (2+, 3+) of tumor cells for Part 1 and Part 2a, and membrane staining of at least 1% positive 
tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity 2+, 3+ for Part 2b. Both CA6 cytosolic and membrane percent staining at intensity 1+, 2+, and 3+ will be recorded. 
b Screening assessments must be performed prior to first IMP administration: patients must have confirmed CA6 expression as assessed centrally. Baseline evaluation should be completed within 1 week prior to 
initiation of therapy, except for tumor assessment and ocular tests that may be performed within 3 weeks prior to the first IMP administration. Results of these tests should be reviewed by the Investigator prior to 
randomization. If any laboratory tests are abnormal, these must be repeated within 2 days before the first IMP administration. 
c Only for Part 1: all eligible patients will be randomly assigned to one of the 2 dose level treatment cohorts using an IVRSIWRS. Study treatment should be started within 3 calendar days from randomization. 
d D1 and D8: Cycle 1 D1D8 refers to the days the patient receives the initial dose of IMP. D1 of Cycle 2 and of each subsequent cycle corresponds to D22 of the previous cycle. Before Cycle 1, evaluations such as 
ECOG PS, body weight, signs and symptoms, physical examination, hematology, and blood chemistry should be performed less than 7 days before IMP administration and should be repeated within 2 days before 
IMP administration if abnormal. For further cycles, assessment can be done on the day of infusion (before infusion) or the day before. 
e Physical examination will include: examination of major body systems, height (at baseline only), body weight, ECOG PS, and vital signs (temperature, blood pressure). At the follow-up visit, only ECOG PS and 
weight will be collected. Signs and symptoms will be reported in the eCRF as AEs only if they are still present at the time of first IMP administration. 
f 
Hematology: hemoglobin, WBC with differential, platelet counts. These tests will be done weekly for Cycles 1 and 2. If Grade 4 neutropenia occurs, assess ANC every 2-3 days until ANC ≥0.5 x 109/L. 
g Coagulation: INR. 
h Blood chemistry: liver function tests: AST, ALT, total bilirubin, conjugated bilirubin, AP, electrolytes: sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphate, and chloride. Renal function tests: creatinine and BUN or urea. 
Others: glucose, LDH, albumin, and total proteins. These tests will be done weekly during the 2 first cycles then every 3 weeks for subsequent cycles, except for BUN and chloride that will be done weekly only 
during the first cycle. Additional tests will be performed when clinically appropriate. In case of Grade ≥3 liver function abnormal tests, additional tests will be done every 2 to 3 days until recovery to baseline value. 
i 
Serum pregnancy test: women of child-bearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test result within 7 days prior to the initial dose of IMP and at the end of treatment evaluation (between D22 and 
D30 after the last IMP administration). The serum pregnancy test will also be performed before each cycle, only in countries where it is a regulatory requirement. 
j 
12-lead ECG is required at baseline and at end of treatment. To be repeated as clinically indicated. 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 20 
k SAR566658 administration: on Day 1 and Day 8 of each treatment cycle, the patient’s BSA will be determined using the current weight and baseline height. For patients with a BSA >2.0 m2, the dose will be 
calculated on the basis of 2.0 m2 BSA. Premedication with histamine H1 antagonist is required: diphenhydramine 50 mg given orally approximately 1 hour before SAR566658 administration. 
l 
Primary prophylaxis for eye disorders is required in each eye (vasoconstrictor and steroid eye drops, cold mask) at the time of infusion and for 2 additional days after infusion for steroid eye drops only (making 
a total of 3 days of ophthalmic topical steroid including Day 1 of each cycle). Topical artificial tears are recommended to be instilled in each eye up to 6 times per day during the whole study treatment period. 
m Hospitalization for the first IMP administration is recommended for safety monitoring, until at least 6 hours after the end of IMP administration. Ambulatory hospitalization can be considered at the Investigator’s 
discretion. 
n Adverse event/serious adverse event assessment: the period of safety observation extends from the date the study informed consent is signed, until at least D30 after the last IMP administration. Concomitant 
medication will be recorded in the eCRF. Adverse events will be recorded according to NCI CTCAE version 4.03 (Appendix D). 
o Concomitant medication will be recorded in the eCRF from 21 days prior to the first study treatment administration, before every cycle during the study treatment period, and for up to 30 days after the final dose 
of study drug. Once the patient has withdrawn from study treatment, concomitant medication should only be recorded if used to treat new or unresolved study treatment-related adverse events. 
p PK/immunogenicity: see detailed flow chart (Section 1.4).  
q Specific complete ocular examination at baseline will include: assessment of ocular/visual symptoms, visual acuity, full ocular tests including slit lamp with fluorescein under dilatation, and Schirmer’s test 
preferably with anesthetics. In patients with any ocular/visual symptom(s) (eg, blurred vision, photophobia) the complete ocular tests will be repeated at the time of the occurrence of the ocular toxicity. Then, visual 
acuity, slit lamp examination under dilatation, and Schirmer’s test will be repeated once weekly until resolution to Grade 1. In case of recurrent ocular toxicity observed in subsequent cycles, visual acuity and slit 
lamp examination with fluorescein under dilatation, and Schirmer’s test preferably with anesthetics will be performed at the time of the event onset, then weekly until resolution to Grade 1. Moreover, tonometry will 
be performed at screening, at the end of Cycle 6 (with a time window of 4 days preceding the following cycle administration), whenever clinically indicated, and at End of Treatment, to assess and monitor 
intraocular pressure. At screening, tonometry will be performed with and without dilation, and only without dilation at the subsequent time points. 
r 
Tumor assessment as per RECIST1.1: CT-scan or MRI and any other examinations as clinically indicated will be performed to assess disease status at baseline, every 6 weeks during the study treatment period 
until radiological disease progression or study cut-off, whichever comes first, and at the end of study treatment, except if already done at last cycle. Confirmatory radiological evaluation will be performed at least 
4 weeks after initial documentation of response.  
s 
 
. 
t 
Follow-up period (every 6 weeks): during the follow-up period, SAEs (regardless of relationship with study treatment) and IMP-related AEs ongoing at the end of study treatment, and any new IMP-related 
AE/SAE will be followed until resolution or stabilization (stabilization is defined as an event ongoing without any change for at least 3 months). Patients achieving stable disease, complete or partial response 
should be followed until radiological disease progression, death, study cut-off, or withdrawal of patient’s consent, whichever comes first. For patients who discontinue study treatment prior to radiological 
documentation of disease progression, a tumor assessment will be performed every 6 weeks. Date of disease progression and further anticancer treatment will be collected at the follow-up visit. 
u Survival status: During the follow-up period, patients without documented disease progression but not on treatment at the second cut-off date will be followed every 6 weeks to collect survival status for a further 
6 months or until documented disease progression, death, or withdrawal of consent, whichever comes first. 
Abbreviations: AE: adverse event; ALT: alanine aminotransferase; ANC: absolute neutrophil count; AP: alkaline phosphatase; AST: aspartate aminotransferase; BSA: Body Surface Area; BUN: Blood Urea Nitrogen; 
; CT: Computed Tomography; D: Day; ECOG: Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; eCRF: electronic Case Report Form; FFPE: formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded; 
IHC: immunohistochemistry; IMP: investigational medicinal product; INR: International Normalized Ratio; IVRS/IWRS: Interactive Voice/Web Response System; LDH: lactate dehydrogenase; MRI: Magnetic 
Resonance Imaging; NCI CTCAE: National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events; PS: performance status; RECIST: Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors; SAE: serious adverse 
event; TNBC: triple negative breast cancer; WBC: white blood cell. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 21 
1.4 
PHARMACOKINETICS/IMMUNOGENICITY FLOW CHART 
 
Cycle 
Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 
Subsequent Cycles 
EOT 
FU 
Week within Cycle 
W1 
  
W2 
W3 
W1 
  
  
Day within Cycle 
D1 
  
D4 or D5 
D8 
D15 
D1 
D30f 
6 weeks after 
EOT 
Timea - SAR566658 
0hb 
EOIc 
EOI + 6h 
72h or 96h 
0hb 
EOIc 
EOI + 6h 
168h 
0hb 
EOIc,d 
 
 
Indicative clock time 
8am 
9am 
3pm 
8am 
8am 
9am 
3pm 
8am 
8am 
9am 
  
  
IMP administration (IV infusion) 
  
  
SAR566658 
<------------------> 
  
  
<-------------------------> 
  
  
<-----------------------> 
  
  
PK samples 
  
SAR566658 
P00b 
P01c 
P02 
P03 
P04b 
P05c 
P06 
P07 
P00b 
P01c,d 
PF00 
DM4 and Me-DM4 
P00b 
P01c 
P02 
P03 
P04b 
P05c 
P06 
P07 
P00b,d 
P01c,d 
 
Naked hu-DS6 
P00b 
P01c 
P02 
P03 
P04b 
P05c 
P06 
P07 
P00b 
P01c,d 
PF00 
  
Immunogenicity 
  
ATA 
AB00b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AB00b 
 
ABF00 
ABF01e 
a Time relative to the start of last infusion. 
b Samples collected before start of infusion. 
c Samples collected just before the end of infusion. 
d Until Cycle 6 only. 
e In case of a positive result for the ATA sample at FU1, additional ATA samples will be collected at subsequent 6-weekly follow-up visits (and thereafter every 3 months until a negative result is obtained). 
f 
The reference date of D30 is the date of last study treatment infusion. 
Abbreviations: AB: antibody; ATA: antitherapeutic antibodies; D: day; EOI: end of infusion; EOT: end-of-treatment; FU: follow-up; IMP: investigational medicinal product; IV: intravenous; P: plasma; 
PK: pharmacokinetics; W: week. 
Note: For the comfort of patients, some PK and/or ATA samplings may be deleted during the course of the study if they are no longer deemed necessary by the Sanofi PK team. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 22 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
1 
FLOW CHARTS.............................................................................................................................16 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN ......................................................................................................16 
1.1.1 
Overall study design.......................................................................................................................16 
1.1.2 
Schematic study schedule (Part 1 and Part 2) ..............................................................................17 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART ..................................................................................................................18 
1.3 
FOOTNOTES FOR STUDY FLOW CHART..................................................................................19 
1.4 
PHARMACOKINETICS/IMMUNOGENICITY FLOW CHART........................................................21 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................22 
2.1 
LIST OF TABLES...........................................................................................................................28 
2.2 
LIST OF FIGURES.........................................................................................................................28 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ..........................................................................................................29 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE.............................................................................................31 
4.1 
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................31 
4.1.1 
Preclinical data...............................................................................................................................31 
4.1.2 
Phase I clinical data .......................................................................................................................32 
4.2 
RATIONALE...................................................................................................................................33 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................35 
5.1 
PRIMARY.......................................................................................................................................35 
5.2 
SECONDARY ................................................................................................................................35 
5.3 
EXPLORATORY ............................................................................................................................35 
6 
STUDY DESIGN ............................................................................................................................36 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY...................................................................................................36 
6.1.1 
Part 1..............................................................................................................................................36 
6.1.2 
Part 2..............................................................................................................................................37 
6.1.2.1 
Part 2a............................................................................................................................................37 
6.1.2.2 
Part 2b............................................................................................................................................37 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 23 
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION ....................................................................................38 
6.2.1 
Duration of study participation for each patient .............................................................................38 
6.2.2 
Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) ..........................................................................38 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS......................................................................................................................39 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES..................................................................................................................39 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS..........................................................................................................40 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA..................................................................................................................40 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA ................................................................................................................40 
7.2.1 
Exclusion criteria related to study methodology ............................................................................41 
7.2.2 
Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of Sanofi compound......................................42 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS .................................................................................................................43 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) ..........................................................................43 
8.1.1 
Pharmaceutical form ......................................................................................................................43 
8.1.2 
Dilution and infusion method..........................................................................................................43 
8.1.3 
Stability under light.........................................................................................................................43 
8.1.4 
Compatible material for administration ..........................................................................................44 
8.2 
DOSAGE AND SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................44 
8.2.1 
Dose of IMP per administration......................................................................................................44 
8.2.2 
Premedication ................................................................................................................................45 
8.2.3 
Dose modification and dose delay.................................................................................................45 
8.2.3.1 
Dose modification...........................................................................................................................45 
8.2.3.2 
Treatment delay .............................................................................................................................46 
8.2.3.3 
Specific recommendations.............................................................................................................48 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES............................................................................................................50 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP ..............................................50 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING ......................................................................................................50 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE................................................................................50 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................................................51 
8.7.1 
Treatment accountability and compliance......................................................................................51 
8.7.2 
Return and/or destruction of treatments ........................................................................................51 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION.....................................................................................................52 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT ..............................................53 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 24 
9.1 
PRIMARY ENDPOINTS.................................................................................................................53 
9.1.1 
Primary safety endpoint for Part 1 .................................................................................................53 
9.1.2 
Primary efficacy endpoint for Part 1 and Part 2 .............................................................................53 
9.2 
SECONDARY ENDPOINTS ..........................................................................................................54 
9.2.1 
Secondary efficacy endpoints........................................................................................................54 
9.2.2 
Secondary safety endpoints...........................................................................................................54 
9.2.2.1 
Adverse events ..............................................................................................................................54 
9.2.2.2 
Laboratory safety variables............................................................................................................55 
9.2.2.3 
Evaluation of keratopathies using corneal toxicity primary prophylaxis.........................................55 
9.2.2.4 
Vital signs.......................................................................................................................................55 
9.2.2.5 
12-lead electrocardiogram .............................................................................................................55 
9.3 
OTHER SECONDARY ENDPOINTS.............................................................................................56 
9.3.1 
Pharmacokinetics...........................................................................................................................56 
9.3.1.1 
Sampling time ................................................................................................................................56 
9.3.1.2 
Pharmacokinetics handling procedure...........................................................................................56 
9.3.1.3 
Bioanalytical method......................................................................................................................57 
9.3.1.4 
Pharmacokinetics parameters .......................................................................................................58 
9.3.2 
Immunogenicity..............................................................................................................................58 
9.3.3 
Evaluation of biomarkers ...............................................................................................................58 
9.3.3.1 
CA6 expression in tumor formalin-fixed paraffin embedded sample by IHC.................................58 
9.3.3.2 
Circulating CA6 in plasma at baseline ...........................................................................................58 
9.4 
EXPLORATORY BIOMARKERS ENDPOINTS.............................................................................58 
 
59 
 
59 
 
59 
9.5 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES ........................................................................................................59 
9.6 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS ..............................................................................60 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................61 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE..........................................................................................................................61 
10.1.1 
Prescreening..................................................................................................................................61 
10.1.2 
Screening .......................................................................................................................................61 
10.1.3 
Registration for initiation of treatment ............................................................................................63 
10.1.4 
During study treatment...................................................................................................................63 
10.1.5 
End of treatment.............................................................................................................................64 
10.1.6 
Follow-up period.............................................................................................................................65 
10.1.7 
Post study cut-off date ...................................................................................................................66 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 25 
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA..................................................................................................66 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION.......................................66 
10.3.1 
Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) ...........................66 
10.3.2 
List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation.................................................................67 
10.3.3 
Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation ...................................................67 
10.3.4 
Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study....................................................67 
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING ..........................68 
10.4.1 
Definitions of adverse events.........................................................................................................68 
10.4.1.1 Adverse event ................................................................................................................................68 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event ...................................................................................................................68 
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest...................................................................................................69 
10.4.2 
General guidelines for reporting adverse events ...........................................................................70 
10.4.3 
Instructions for reporting serious adverse events ..........................................................................71 
10.4.4 
Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest...........................................................71 
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR .............................................................................................72 
10.6 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING..............................................................................................72 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS..............................................................................................73 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE...........................................................................................73 
11.1.1 
Sample size determination for Part 1 and Part 2a.........................................................................73 
11.1.2 
Sample size determination for the mild CA6 expression cohort (Part 2b).....................................74 
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS .......................................................................................................74 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS...........................................................................................................74 
11.3.1 
Safety population ...........................................................................................................................75 
11.3.2 
Evaluable for predefined selection criteria population (Part 1) ......................................................75 
11.3.3 
Response evaluable population.....................................................................................................76 
11.3.4 
Preregistered population................................................................................................................76 
11.3.5 
Registered population ....................................................................................................................76 
11.3.6 
Enrolled population ........................................................................................................................76 
11.3.7 
Pharmacokinetic population...........................................................................................................76 
11.3.8 
Evaluable population for immunogenicity ......................................................................................76 
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS .............................................................................................................77 
11.4.1 
Analysis of demographic and baseline characteristics ..................................................................77 
11.4.2 
Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance.....................................................................77 
11.4.2.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure....................................................................77 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 26 
11.4.3 
Prior/concomitant medication/therapy............................................................................................78 
11.4.4 
Analyses of efficacy endpoints.......................................................................................................78 
11.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) ........................................................................................78 
11.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints.....................................................................................79 
11.4.4.3 Analyses between CA6 expression level and efficacy endpoint....................................................79 
11.4.4.4 Multiplicity considerations ..............................................................................................................79 
11.4.5 
Analyses of safety data..................................................................................................................79 
11.4.5.1 Observation period.........................................................................................................................79 
11.4.5.2 Predefined selection criteria...........................................................................................................79 
11.4.5.3 Adverse events ..............................................................................................................................80 
11.4.5.4 Deaths............................................................................................................................................81 
11.4.5.5 Analyses of laboratory safety variables .........................................................................................81 
11.4.5.6 Analyses of vital signs variables ....................................................................................................81 
11.4.5.7 Immunogenicity..............................................................................................................................81 
11.4.5.8 Analyses of other safety variables .................................................................................................82 
11.4.6 
Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables..........................................................................................82 
11.4.7 
Exploratory analyses on biomarkers..............................................................................................82 
11.4.7.1 Predictive markers of response .....................................................................................................82 
11.4.7.2 Pharmacodynamics biomarkers on posttreatment samples..........................................................82 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS......................................................................................................................83 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS...................................................................84 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS ..............................................................................84 
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT .................................................................................................................84 
12.3 
HEALTH AUTHORITIES AND INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT 
ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC)...................................................................................................84 
13 
STUDY MONITORING...................................................................................................................86 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S).......................................................................86 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR.....................................................................................86 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................87 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST......................................................................................................................................87 
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS..........................................................................................87 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................................88 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE....................................................................................................................88 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES ....................................................................................88 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 27 
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY .......................................................................................................................88 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS.....................................................................................................................89 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION.....................................................................................................................89 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION....................................................................................................89 
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES .................................90 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE............................................................................................................................................90 
14.8.1 
By the Sponsor...............................................................................................................................90 
14.8.2 
By the Investigator .........................................................................................................................91 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS ..........................................................................................................91 
14.10 
PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS .................................................................................91 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS ..........................................................................92 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES.................................................................................................93 
17 
APPENDICES................................................................................................................................94 
APPENDIX A 
 MODIFIED RESPONSE EVALUATION CRITERIA IN SOLID TUMORS 
(RECIST 1.1)..................................................................................................................................95 
APPENDIX B 
EASTERN COOPERATIVE ONCOLOGY GROUP PERFORMANCE STATUS 
SCALE .........................................................................................................................................101 
APPENDIX C  GUIDANCE ON CONTRACEPTIVE METHODS AND COLLECTION OF 
PREGNANCY INFORMATION....................................................................................................102 
APPENDIX D  NATIONAL CANCER INSTITUTE COMMON TERMINOLOGY CRITERIA FOR 
ADVERSE EVENTS.....................................................................................................................106 
APPENDIX E 
 CALCULATION OF COCKCROFT AND GAULT FORMULA ..........................................107 
APPENDIX F LIST OF STRONG CYP3A4 INHIBITORS ........................................................................108 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 28 
2.1 
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 1 - SAR566658 product characteristics...............................................................................................43 
Table 2 - Dose reduction levels.....................................................................................................................46 
Table 3 - Dose modifications for SAR566658 ...............................................................................................47 
Table 4 - Infusion-related hypersensitivity reactions and recommendations ................................................48 
Table 5 - Corneal toxicity (keratopathy/keratitis) management recommendation.........................................49 
Table 6 - Pharmacokinetics handling for pharmacokinetic and antitherapeutic antibody samples...............57 
Table 7 - Summary of bioanalytical methods ................................................................................................57 
Table 8 - Summary of adverse event reporting instructions..........................................................................72 
 
2.2 
LIST OF FIGURES 
Figure 1 - Analysis population overview........................................................................................................75 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 29 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
 
ADC: 
antibody-drug conjugate 
AE: 
adverse event 
AESI: 
adverse event of special interest 
ALT: 
alanine aminotransferase 
ANC: 
absolute neutrophil count 
AST: 
aspartate aminotransferase 
ATC: 
anatomical therapeutic chemical 
AUC: 
area under the plasma concentration-time curve 
BOR: 
best overall response 
BSA: 
body surface area 
 
 
CI: 
confidence interval 
Cmax: 
maximum concentration 
CR: 
complete response 
CT: 
computed tomography 
DCR: 
disease control rate 
DEHP: 
di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 
DOR: 
duration of response 
ECG: 
electrocardiogram 
ECOG: 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
eCRF: 
electronic case report form 
ELISA: 
enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay 
ER: 
estrogen receptor 
FFPE: 
formalin-fixed paraffin embedded 
FIH: 
first in human 
GCP: 
good clinical practice 
HLGT: 
high level group term 
HLT: 
high level term 
IEC: 
independent ethics committee 
IHC: 
immunohistochemistry 
INR: 
International Normalized Ratio 
IRB: 
institutional review board 
IV: 
intravenous(ly) 
IVRS/IWRS: 
interactive voice/web response system 
LDH: 
lactate dehydrogenase 
mBC: 
metastatic breast cancer 
MedDRA: 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
Me-DM4: 
methyl-DM4 
NCI CTCAE: 
National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
NIMP: 
noninvestigational medicinal product 
ORR: 
objective response rate 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 30 
PFS: 
progression-free survival 
PgR: 
progesterone receptor 
PK: 
pharmacokinetic(s) 
PR: 
partial response 
PS: 
performance status 
PT: 
preferred term 
PVC: 
polyvinyl chloride 
q2w: 
every 2 weeks 
q3w: 
every 3 weeks 
RD: 
recommended dose 
RECIST: 
response evaluation criteria in solid tumors 
SAE: 
serious adverse event 
SAP: 
statistical analysis plan 
SD: 
stable disease 
SOC: 
system organ class 
TEAE: 
treatment-emergent adverse event 
TNBC: 
triple negative breast cancer 
TTP: 
time to progression 
ULN: 
upper limit of normal 
WBC: 
white blood cells 
WHO-DD: 
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 31 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE 
4.1 
INTRODUCTION 
SAR566658 combines a humanized monoclonal antibody targeting CA6 (huDS6) with a 
maytansinoid chemotherapy DM4 attached through an optimized cleavable linker (SPDB). The 
huDS6 antibody is a humanized version of a murine monoclonal antibody, muDS6, which 
recognizes/binds the CA6 antigen, a tumor-associated sialoglycotope on the extracellular domain 
of the human MUC1 glycoprotein (cancer-induced aberrant glycosylation). Maytansinoids are 
anti-mitotic agents that inhibit tubulin polymerization and microtubule assembly through binding 
on the vinca alkaloid site. 
After binding to the CA6 antigen, SAR566658 is internalized by the target cancer cells via 
antigen-mediated endocytosis, delivered to lysosomes and degraded into a lysine-linked 
derivative. Lysine-SBDP-DM4 and metabolites (DM4 and methyl-DM4 [Me-DM4]) bind to the 
intracellular target, tubulin, and cause cytotoxicity by inhibition of microtubule polymerization. 
Metabolites can exit and re-enter target cells or enter neighboring (bystander) cells. The bystander 
effect could be a clear advantage for solid tumors with heterogeneous antigen distribution. 
The CA6 epitope is highly expressed in multiple human tumors with high prevalence 
(CA6 positivity in >1% tumor cells by IHC) in pancreatic cancer (83%), ovarian cancer (89%), 
breast cancer (78% to 86%), bladder cancer (90%), head and neck carcinoma (65%), and non-
small cell lung cancer (84%). When considering the CA6 positivity in ≥30% tumor cells 2+/3+ 
(by immunohistochemistry [IHC]), the prevalence becomes 59%, 70%, 29% to 35%, 59%, 17%, 
and 56%, respectively. The CA6 glycotope has limited distribution in normal adult tissues making 
huDS6 a promising candidate for selective delivery of cytotoxic agents into CA6-positive tumor 
cells. 
4.1.1 Preclinical data 
In vivo, dose-dependent activity with SAR566658, as single agent administration has been 
observed against several CA6-positive human tumor xenografts. Complete response (CR) and 
cures can be achieved with single administration of SAR566658 conjugate, at doses ranging from 
3.9 to 43 mg/kg, depending on the model. Treatment with equivalent dose of the nonconjugated 
huDS6 antibody and free DM4 showed no antitumor activity, demonstrating the added value of 
immune-conjugation. Dependence of SAR566658 activity on binding to target antigen has been 
demonstrated in the human ovarian OVCAR5 model where the antitumor activity of SAR566658 
is inhibited by pretreatment (2 hours) of mice with excess huDS6 antibody. SAR566658 is also 
active in mice bearing advanced tumors of the human breast tumor cell line UISO BCA-1, a 
model refractory to standard chemotherapeutic agents including docetaxel and doxorubicin. 
SAR566658 is not only able to elicit CR and tumor-free survivors in mice with advanced tumors 
(100 to 200 mg at the start of treatment), but also in mice with bulky tumors (approximately 
500 mg) arising from recurrent disease. 
The Investigator’s Brochure provides comprehensive information on SAR566658. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 32 
4.1.2 Phase I clinical data 
A first in human (FIH) study (TED10499) was conducted to assess the safety, dose limiting 
toxicities/recommended dose (RD), and pharmacokinetics (PK), following SAR566658 
intravenous (IV) administration given every 3 weeks (q3w)(10 to 240 mg/m2), every 2 weeks 
(q2w)(120 mg/m2) and D1D8 q3w (90 mg/m2). Prescreening on CA6 expression was performed 
on 1067 patients, 60% were CA6 positive (≥1%) and 24% were CA6 positive (≥30% tumor cells 
with intensity 2+/3+). CA6 antigen expression was assessed by IHC on paraffin embedded 
archival tumor tissue. The IHC assay using SAR566658 has been developed and qualified by 
Sanofi and validated at Ventana. 
One hundred and fourteen (114) patients with heavily pretreated solid tumors expressing CA6 
(in ≥30% tumor cells with intensity 2+/3+ by IHC in almost all patients) were enrolled. 
In the dose escalation phase, 34 heavily pretreated patients were enrolled, with CA6 positive solid 
tumors including ovary, pancreas, and breast. Dose limiting toxicities were observed in 2 patients 
out of 8 treated at the highest dose of 240 mg/m2 q3w (Grade 3 diarrhea [Cycle 1] and Grade 3 
keratitis [Cycle 2]). Overall, SAR566658 was well tolerated with late occurrence of reversible 
corneal adverse events (AE) (known with previous maytansine antibody-drug conjugates 
[ADCs]), a few hematological events, and some peripheral neuropathies, observed from the dose 
of 150 mg/m2 q3w. 
The initial RD of 190 mg/m2 q3w was used in an expansion phase (breast, ovary, and pancreas); 
however, a high incidence of keratopathy was observed mainly at Cycle 2. The decision was taken 
to decrease the dose to 150 mg/m2 q3w; the corneal toxicity decreased but the activity was 
impacted. Based on PK/safety simulations, 2 alternative schedules were proposed to preserve drug 
exposure (area under the plasma concentration-time curve [AUC]) and limiting keratopathy 
incidence by decreasing maximum concentration (Cmax): 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 
q2w. Go/no-go criteria based on efficacy and safety parameters were defined for the selection of 
the RD: ≥15% objective response rate (ORR) or probability of nonprogression at 12 weeks in 
≥50% patients and ≤25% of ocular events leading to dose modification (delay and/or dose 
reduction/discontinuation). 
A total of 89 patients treated at the selected doses of interest (150 mg/m2 q3w, 190 mg/m2 q3w, 
90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w, and 120 mg/m2 q2w) were assessed. Of the 89 patients, 33 patients were 
included in the 2 alternative schedules (17 and 16 patients, in 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 
120 mg/m2 q2w, respectively). A primary prophylaxis to prevent corneal toxicity was 
implemented in the last 10 patients receiving alternative schedules. The most common AE was 
reversible Grade 2/3 keratopathy in 55/89 (62%) (Grade 3 in 6 patients). Among these 55 patients, 
15/23 (65%) received 190 mg/m2 q3w, 12/33 (36%) 150 mg/m2 q3w, 6/17 (35%) 90 mg/m2 D1D8 
q3w, and 2/16 (13%) 120 mg/m2 q2w. Eye disorders leading to dose modification occurred in 
14/23 (61%) patients at 190 mg/m2 q3w, 8/33 (24%) at 150 mg/m2 q3w, 5/17 (29%) at 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, and 2/16 (13%) at 120 mg/m² q2w. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 33 
A total of 10 patients (6 in 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w schedule and 4 in 120 mg/m2 Q2W) received 
primary ocular prophylaxis and no eye disorders leading to dose modification were observed; only 
1 patient presented with keratitis at 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w. In this latter alternative schedule, the 
incidence of ocular corneal events (mainly keratitis) being the main AEs, was similar to 
150 mg/m2 q3w and lower than 190 mg/m2 q3w. Other AEs were fatigue (36%), peripheral 
neuropathy (32%) with a higher rate at 190 mg/m2 q3w, GI disorders (nausea [26%], abdominal 
pain [28%], and diarrhea [25%]). Low grade hematological, liver, and renal abnormalities were 
noted. 
Considering the 89 patients treated at the selected doses of interest, 7/89 (8%) had ORR 
(1 complete response [ovary], 6 partial responses [(PR; 3 breast, 1 ovary, 1 cervix, and 1 bladder]) 
and 46/89 (52%) patients with stable disease (SD) were observed. Highest ORR was observed in 
12.5% (2/16) at 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 13% (3/23) at 190 mg/m2 q3w. 
Multivariate analysis on the best relative change from baseline in the sum of the target lesions was 
performed including, as covariates, demographic characteristics (age, Eastern Cooperative 
Oncology Group [ECOG] performance status [PS] at baseline, sex, body surface area [BSA], 
weight, tumor type, number of previous lines), exposure (dose intensity in mg/m2/week, AUCs, 
Cmax, Ctrough, clearance), and CA6 biomarker expression. The results showed that best relative 
change from baseline in the sum of the target lesions improves when ECOG PS decreases 
(p=0.014), AUC07d increases (p=0.039), and percentage of cells staining at intensity 2+/3+ 
increases (p=0.037). This correlation between efficacy and CA6 expression level is not robust to 
extreme values (excluding one influential patient) and needs to be further confirmed. 
Finally, the go/no-go criteria to fix the RD based on efficacy and safety were in favor of 
SAR566658 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w with an ORR of 12.5%, a probability of nonprogression at 
12 weeks in 63.0% patients, and ocular toxicity leading to dose modification of 29.4%. 
In conclusion, SAR566658 is an active drug with responses seen in breast, lung, bladder, and 
ovarian cancers. Both alternative schedules lead to an acceptable safety profile for eye disorders 
(as expected from simulation). Similar ORR at 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w compared to 190 mg/m2 q3w 
is observed. Primary prophylaxis of eye disorders might be beneficial and would lead to 
improvement of the ocular safety profile of SAR566658. 
4.2 
RATIONALE 
The aim of this study is to assess the efficacy and safety of SAR566658 in a metastatic triple 
negative breast cancer (TNBC) population. TNBC accounts for approximately 20% of breast 
cancers diagnosed worldwide, which amounts to almost 200 000 cases each year (3). TNBC is 
more commonly diagnosed in women aged less than 40 years compared with hormone-positive 
breast cancer. In 1 study, there was a 2-fold higher attributable risk of TNBC in women under 
40 years compared with women over 50 years (odds ratio 2.13, 95% confidence interval [CI] 
1.34-3.39). TNBC appears to be more common among black women, compared with white 
women (odds ratio 2.41, 95% CI 1.81-3.21) (4). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 34 
From the TED10499 FIH study, analyses of patients presenting with metastatic breast cancers 
showed promising responses. A total of 19 patients treated at 150 mg/m2 q3w, 120 mg/m2 q2w, 
190 mg/m2 q3w, and 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w were assessed for efficacy. Among these 19 patients, 
2 were TNBC, 14 HER2- (estrogen receptor [ER]+ or progesterone receptor [PgR]+), and 
3 HER2+. Three patients had a confirmed PR including 1 patient with TNBC who had progressed 
with liver metastasis and 2 additional patients had an unconfirmed PR assessment. An ORR of 
15.8% (3 PR/19) was observed in these heavily pretreated metastatic breast cancer (mBC) patients 
with a disease control rate (DCR)(CR+PR+SD lasting at least 3 months) in 36.8% of patients. 
Stable disease was observed in 12/19 (63.2%) of the patients and a tumor shrinkage was seen in 
42.1% of patients. 
The CA6 expression in breast cancer was evaluated in 2 independent epidemiology studies, no 
difference in terms of expression level was seen between the TNBC and non-TNBC populations. 
It was noted that 78% to 86% of the mBC express CA6 (≥1% of tumor cells) and 29% to 35% 
express CA6 in ≥30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+ and/or 3+. 
The RD from the FIH study was proposed at 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w with an acceptable safety 
profile, 2 PR of 16 and 63% of patients with no progression at 12 weeks. The implementation of 
corneal primary prophylaxis provided encouraging results with a low incidence of keratitis, 
however, this needs to be confirmed in more patients. Based on the prophylaxis first results, it is 
proposed to assess in the first part of this study a higher dose of 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w in parallel 
to the 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w. In the dose escalation of the FIH study, 240 mg/m2 q3w was 
administered to patients and was considered as the maximum administered dose with 2 dose 
limiting toxicities including one Grade 3 keratitis occurring at Cycle 2. According to PK 
simulation, the schedule of administration of 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w would induce a 30% decrease 
in SAR566658 Cmax compared to the 240 mg/m2 q3w schedule, while maintaining the exposure. 
This would lead to a reduction in keratitis occurrence as shown for the alternative schedules in the 
FIH study, and might be beneficial to the patient. 
The threshold of 30% CA6 2+3+ membrane staining was set up based on the assumption that 
penetration of the payload needs a significant level of expression of CA6. This threshold was used 
in the FIH study and was also planned to be used in the current Phase II study. However, it would 
be of interest to include patients with a lower expression of CA6 in order to establish a potential 
correlation between efficacy (tumor shrinkage/ORR) and CA6 expression levels. For this reason, 
a “mild CA6 expression cohort” of patients with a lower level of CA6 membrane staining (at least 
1% positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 3+) is 
proposed in the second part of the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 35 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES 
5.1 
PRIMARY  
• 
To evaluate the tumor ORR, according to the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid 
Tumors (RECIST) 1.1 (1) of SAR566658 in patients with CA6-positive metastatic TNBC: 
- 
Part 1: To select the SAR566658 dose based on ORR and safety of 2 dose levels of 
SAR566658 in patients with metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane 
intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells), 
- 
Part 2: 
- 
Part 2a: To demonstrate the activity of SAR566658 based on ORR in patients with 
metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of 
tumor cells) treated at the selected dose in an expanded cohort, in addition to the 
patients treated in Part 1, 
- 
Part 2b: To assess the efficacy of SAR566658 based on ORR in patients with 
metastatic TNBC and mild CA6 expression (with at least 1% positive tumor cells 
at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 3+) treated at the 
selected dose in a “mild CA6 expression cohort”. 
5.2 
SECONDARY  
Part 1 and Part 2: 
• 
To assess: 
- 
DCR, Duration Of Response (DOR), Progression-Free Survival (PFS), Time To 
Progression (TTP), 
- 
The impact of ocular primary prophylaxis on the incidence of keratopathies, 
- 
The PK profile of SAR566658, 
- 
The potential immunogenicity of SAR566658, 
- 
The relationship between CA6 expression level in the tumor, and circulating CA6 in 
blood at baseline, and efficacy outcomes. 
• 
To evaluate the global safety profile. 
5.3 
EXPLORATORY 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 36 
6 
STUDY DESIGN 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY 
This is an open-label, multicenter, Phase II study evaluating the efficacy and safety of 
SAR566658 administered as a single agent via intravenous infusion in patients with CA6-positive 
metastatic TNBC tumors after at least 1 prior chemotherapy regimen, but no more than 3 for 
advanced/metastatic disease. 
CA6 expression will be assessed by IHC at a central laboratory on the most recent available tumor 
sample (ie, archive tumor tissue at diagnosis, archive tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent 
metastatic biopsy). 
Prescreening, screening, and randomization of patients will be performed centrally by Interactive 
Voice/Web Response System (IVRS/IWRS). 
The prescreening phase will correspond to the timing for the patient’s tumor sample collection to 
allow determination of CA6 expression by central IHC. 
Prior to the start of prescreening procedures in order to determine CA6 positivity, the specific 
prescreening informed consent must be signed by the patient and the first call to IVRS/IWRS 
performed. For each patient, 6 formalin-fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) slides will be requested 
and collected from the most recent available tumor samples. See Section 9.3.3.1 for further 
details.  
Patients with CA6 positivity as required by the inclusion criteria (for the relevant part of the 
study) must sign the specific screening informed consent. Thereafter, the screening study 
procedures will be started and the second call to IVRS/IWRS performed to obtain the patient 
registration number. 
After the patient has completed the necessary baseline study procedures, a third call to 
IVRS/IWRS will occur to randomize or enroll eligible patients (Part 1 and Part 2), or declare a 
screen failure for ineligible patients. 
Initiation of study treatment must be within 3 calendar days after randomization/enrollment to 
treatment. 
The study will be performed in 2 parts. 
6.1.1 Part 1 
Patients with metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of 
tumor cells) will be randomized to either the 90 mg/m2 or the 120 mg/m2 cohort, both given at 
Day 1 and Day 8 of each 3-week cycle. Patients randomized but not treated will be replaced. 
Study treatment should be initiated no later than 3 calendar days after randomization. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 37 
During treatment, safety will be monitored and the risks for predefined safety criteria 
(see Section 9.1.1) during the first 2 cycles will be followed and assessed using a Bayesian 
binomial model. In particular, risks for overdosing and unacceptable toxicity will be assessed as 
soon as 4 patients treated at the dose level of 120 mg/m2 become evaluable for the predefined 
safety criteria.  
The Bayesian model assessing the rate of predefined safety criteria will use dose as a parameter. 
The elicitation of the prior distribution is derived from the data collected in the FIH study 
(TED10499) at various dose levels and schedules of administration (190 mg/m2 q3w, 240 mg/m2 
q3w, 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w, and 120 mg/m2 q2w). 
The decision to stop 1 arm may be taken on the basis of risk of the assessed overdosing 
(ie, predefined safety criteria rate above 40%) and unacceptable toxicity (ie, predefined safety 
criteria rate above 60%). The model recommends stopping 1 arm when its overdosing risk or 
unacceptable toxicity risk will not be controlled at the levels of 25% and 5%, respectively. 
Randomization will be centralized by IVRS/IWRS, stratified on ECOG PS (0 versus 1). 
Randomization will be performed when all eligibility criteria are checked and the patient is 
deemed eligible. Randomization will be stopped at the end of Part 1 and the recruitment will be 
authorized in Part 2 only when the selected dose is chosen. 
The selection of the dose to be continued in Part 2 will be made at the end of Part 1 following the 
criteria described in Section 6.3. 
6.1.2 Part 2 
6.1.2.1 Part 2a 
The expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort with an additional 15 metastatic TNBC patients with 
CA6 overexpression (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells) will start at the 
selected dose using the same selection criteria as for Part 1. If at least 7 confirmed responses 
(PR or CR) are seen among the 29 patients, then the null hypothesis of 12% ORR can be rejected. 
This test has a 1-sided type 1 error of 10% and 80% power for an alternative hypothesis of 30% 
response rate. 
6.1.2.2 Part 2b 
An additional “mild CA6 expression” cohort of 20 patients with metastatic TNBC with at least 
1% positive tumor cells at CA6 membrane intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 
2+, 3+, will be assessed at the selected dose. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 38 
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION 
6.2.1 Duration of study participation for each patient 
The duration of the study for each patient will include a prescreening period, a screening period of 
up to 21 days prior to first study drug administration, 3-week treatment cycle(s) (until 30 days 
after last SAR56658 administration), and a follow-up period. Each patient will be treated until 
radiological disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or patient’s refusal of further study 
treatment. 
After the completion of study treatment, each patient will be followed every 6 weeks until death, 
study cut-off, or withdrawal of patient’s consent, whichever comes first. For patients who 
discontinue study treatment prior to documented disease progression, date of disease progression 
and further anticancer treatment will be collected at the follow-up visit. 
Imaging to document disease progression will take place every 6 weeks and will continue to be 
performed during follow-up in case of treatment discontinuation prior to documented progression. 
During the follow-up period, SAEs (regardless of relationship to study treatment) and related AEs 
ongoing at end of treatment, as well as new AEs/SAEs related to study treatment, will be collected 
and followed until resolution or stabilization, where stabilization is defined as an event ongoing 
without any change for at least 3 months. 
6.2.2 Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) 
The first cut-off date for the selection of the selected dose corresponds to the date on which all 
patients treated in Part 1 (whatever the dose) have had at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, 
experienced confirmed objective response, or have discontinued the study for any reason. 
However, if the futility criteria of 2 responders is either met or not met with certainty for both 
arms when all patients have had 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed 
objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason, the first cut-off date may be done at 
that time instead. The recruitment will be put on hold at the time of the interim analysis until the 
decision regarding dose selection and the start of Part 2 has been made. The recruitment will be 
authorized in Part 2 only when the selected dose is chosen. 
The second cut-off date for primary ORR analysis corresponds to the date on which all patients 
treated in Part 2a and Part 2b have had at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced 
confirmed objective response, or have discontinued the study for any reason. However, if the 
primary criteria of 7 responders is either met or not met with certainty at the end of the Part 2a in 
the selected dose when all patients have had 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced 
confirmed objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason and when all the patients 
of the Part 2b have had 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective 
response, or discontinued the study for any reason, the second cut-off date may be done at that 
time instead. 
If a patient continues to benefit from the treatment after the second study cut-off, the patient can 
continue study treatment until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or patient’s refusal of 
further study treatment, and will continue to undergo all assessments as per the study flow chart. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 39 
Patients without documented disease progression but not on treatment at the second cut-off date 
will be followed for any ongoing AEs. In addition, imaging to document disease progression and 
survival status will be collected (every 6 weeks) for 6 months after the cut-off date. 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
Interim analyses of efficacy, safety, and other data will be performed after 14 patients are treated 
at each dose level at the end of the Part 1. Further statistical details are provided in Section 11.5. 
A preliminary statistical evaluation of antitumor activity by RECIST 1.1 will be done on the first 
14 patients treated in each cohort; if at least 2 confirmed responses (PR or CR) in at least 1 cohort 
are observed then the study can continue in Part 2, if the safety profile is acceptable. 
In addition to the efficacy criteria, safety criteria including the number (%) of patients 
experiencing an eye disorder leading to dose modification or drug discontinuation, or peripheral 
neuropathy, or a treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) leading to dose reduction or drug 
discontinuation, will be considered. 
In case of the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 14 patients) not being reached for a given dose, 
then this dose will not be selected. 
In case of neither dose reaching the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 14 patients), then the study 
will be stopped. 
In case of comparable ORR and safety profiles between 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, then the lower dose (90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w) will be chosen. 
In case of a higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a comparable safety profile to 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, then 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w will be chosen. 
In case of a higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a better safety profile with 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, then the dose will be selected on the best risk/benefit. 
If there are 6 responses or more in the first 14 patients treated at 1 dose, then the study could be 
stopped for overwhelming efficacy. 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES 
A Steering Committee including the Study Chairman, 2 main Investigators, Sponsor 
representatives and an ad hoc ophthalmologist expert, as needed, will be responsible for:  
• 
Supervising the progress of the trial towards its overall objectives, 
• 
Reviewing at regular intervals relevant information that may affect the study conduct, and, 
• 
Reviewing the safety and efficacy including the interim analysis for ORR. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 40 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA 
I 01. Metastatic TNBC 
I 02. Patient with measurable disease, as per RECIST 1.1 criteria (Appendix A). 
I 03. Histologically documented TNBC (either at primary diagnostic or at metastatic site) that is 
ER-negative and PgR-negative (<1% tumor staining by IHC), and HER2 
nonoverexpressing by IHC (0, 1+) or in situ hybridization-negative based on single-probe 
average HER2 copy number <4.0 signals/cell or dual-probe HER2/CEP17 ratio <2 with an 
average HER2 copy number <4.0 signals/cell as per ASCO guidelines (2). 
I 04. Patients with CA6-positive disease defined as membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of 
tumor cells (Part 1 and Part 2a) or with at least 1% positive tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ 
and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 3+ (Part 2b). 
I 05. Patients received at least 1 prior chemotherapy regimen but no more than 3 for 
advanced/metastatic disease: 
a) Adjuvant/neo-adjuvant chemotherapy will be counted as a prior chemotherapy for 
metastatic/recurrent disease if the patient had a progression/recurrence within 6 months 
after completion of the treatment, 
b) Prior hormonal, biologic (eg, bevacizumab) or immunotherapy, without a cytotoxic 
agent, are allowed and are not counted as a line of therapy, 
c) A chemotherapy line in advanced/metastatic disease is an anticancer regimen that 
contains at least 1 cytotoxic chemotherapy agent and was discontinued due to 
progression. If a cytotoxic chemotherapy regimen was discontinued for a reason other 
than disease progression then this regimen does not count as a “prior line of 
chemotherapy” unless this regimen was discontinued after treatment response (CR, PR 
or SD) and disease progression occurred before another line of chemotherapy. 
I 06. Prior anticancer therapy must have contained anthracycline (eg, doxorubicin), if not 
contraindicated, and a taxane (eg, docetaxel, paclitaxel) in an adjuvant/neo-adjuvant or 
metastatic setting. 
I 07. Signed written informed consent. 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA 
Patients who have met all the above inclusion criteria listed in Section 7.1 will be screened for the 
following exclusion criteria which are sorted and numbered in the following 2 subsections:  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 41 
7.2.1 Exclusion criteria related to study methodology 
E 01. ECOG performance status ≥2 (Appendix B). 
E 02. Patient less than 18 years old. 
E 03. Any severe acute or chronic medical condition including uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, 
history of cardiovascular disease (congestive heart failure, severe or unstable angina 
pectoris, recent myocardial infraction within last 6 months, history of clinically significant 
active chronic obstructive pulmonary disease [COPD], or other moderate-to-severe chronic 
respiratory illnesses present within last 6 months), which in the Investigator’s opinion, may 
impair the ability of the patient to participate in the study, or interfere with interpretation of 
study results, or make the patient unable to comply with the study procedures. 
E 04. Pregnant or breast-feeding women. 
E 05. Patients with reproductive potential who do not agree to use accepted and effective method 
of contraception during the study treatment period and for 6 months following 
discontinuation of study drug. The definition of “effective method of contraception” 
described hereafter: oral contraceptives, combined hormonal intravaginal, transdermal, 
intrauterine device or condoms will be based on country-specific regulatory requirements, 
and documented in the Informed Consent Form (Appendix C). 
E 06. Adverse events (excluding alopecia and those listed in the specific exclusion criteria) from 
any prior anticancer therapy of Grade >1 (National Cancer Institute Common Terminology 
Criteria for Adverse Events [NCI CTCAE] v4.03; see Appendix D) at the time of 
randomization. 
E 07. Wash out period of less than 3 weeks or 5 half-lives from previous antitumor 
chemotherapy, immunotherapy or any investigational treatment. 
E 08. Patient has received wide field radiotherapy ≤4 weeks prior to starting study treatment, or 
limited field radiation for palliation ≤2 weeks prior to starting study treatment, or has not 
recovered from the side effects of such therapy. 
E 09. Patient has undergone major surgery ≤3 weeks prior to starting study treatment or has not 
recovered from the side effects of major surgery. 
E 10. History of brain metastasis (other than totally resected or previously irradiated and 
nonprogressive/relapsed), spinal cord compression, or carcinomatous meningitis, or new 
evidence of brain leptomeningeal disease. 
E 11. Prior malignancy. Adequately treated basal cell or squamous cell skin or superficial 
(pTis, pTa, and pT1) and bladder cancer are allowed, as well as any other cancer for which 
treatment has been completed ≥3 years ago and from which the patient has been 
disease-free for ≥3 years. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 42 
E 12. Participation in another clinical trial and any concurrent treatment with any investigational 
drug within 30 days prior to randomization. 
E 13. Prior treatment with eribulin as last therapy prior to enrollment, or prior maytansinoid 
treatments (DM1 or DM4 ADCs). 
7.2.2 Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of Sanofi compound  
E 14. Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS-related illnesses) or known HIV disease 
requiring antiretroviral treatment. 
E 15. Known active hepatitis A, B, or C infection that requires treatment. 
E 16. Known intolerance to infused protein products including other monoclonal antibodies and 
ADCs. 
E 17. Poor bone marrow reserve as defined by absolute neutrophil count (ANC) <1.5 x 109/L or 
platelets <100 x 109/L or hemoglobin <9 g/dL. 
E 18. Poor organ function as defined by 1 of the following: 
a) Total bilirubin >1.5 x upper limit of normal (ULN) (except patients with Gilbert's 
syndrome: total bilirubin ≤3.0 x ULN, with direct bilirubin ≤1.5 x ULN), 
b) Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), or alkaline 
phosphatase >2.5 x ULN; except >5 x ULN in case of documented liver metastasis or 
alkaline phosphatase >5 x ULN in case of documented bone metastasis, 
c) Serum creatinine >1.5 x ULN, except if calculated creatinine clearance ≥60 mL/min 
(as per Cockcroft-Gault formula; see Appendix E). 
E 19. Symptomatic peripheral neuropathy Grade ≥2 (NCI CTCAE v.4.03). 
E 20. Previous history of chronic corneal diseases (even if asymptomatic) or unresolved acute 
nonrecurrent corneal conditions. 
E 21. Patients wearing contact lenses who are not willing to stop wearing them for the duration 
of the study. 
E 22. Medical conditions requiring concomitant administration of strong CYP3A4 inhibitors, 
unless it can be discontinued at least 2 weeks before 1st administration of SAR566658 
(see Appendix F). 
E 23. Contraindications to the use of ophthalmic vasoconstrictor and/or corticosteroid as per 
package insert of each drug, including the following: increased intraocular pressure, prior 
or current glaucoma, narrow-angle glaucoma, ongoing eye infection, uncontrolled 
hypertension, known/suspected allergy to constituents of the preparation (such as sodium 
bisulfite). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 43 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) 
SAR566658 is the only IMP in this study. 
Table 1 - SAR566658 product characteristics 
Items 
Specification 
Route of administration (ie, IV - infusion or bolus, SC, other) 
IV 
Dosage form (ie, solution, concentrate for solution for infusion, 
lyophilizate, suspension, emulsion, other) 
Concentrate for solution for infusion 
Concentration (mg/mL) 
5 
Dose/vial (mg) 
125 mg/25 mL 
Single or multi-dose use 
Single use 
Primary packaging (ie, vial, syringe, other) 
Vial 
Container definition 
30 mL USP type I clear glass vials 
Closure definition 
ETFE (copolymer of ethylene and tetrafluoroethylene)-coated 
stoppers and seals with flip-off cap 
Device (yes/no), description if any 
No 
Storage conditions 
+ 2°C-8°C; protect from light 
Abbreviations: IV: intravenous; SC: subcutaneous; USP: United States Pharmacopeia. 
8.1.1 Pharmaceutical form 
SAR566658 is supplied as a colorless to slightly yellow, 25 mL, extractable concentrate for 
solution for infusion of 125 mg in a 30 mL Type I glass vial. 
8.1.2 Dilution and infusion method 
Details for infusion rate and dilution/dose preparation depending on the patient dose and BSA are 
provided in the Pharmacy Manual. 
8.1.3 Stability under light 
In the conditions tested during the in-use stability study (infusion to patients at the latest 16 hours 
after infusion bag is prepared), SAR566658 was stable under light exposure at room temperature. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 44 
8.1.4 Compatible material for administration 
The SAR566658 concentrate for solution for infusion has been shown to be compatible with 
prefilled infusion bags made of polyolefine or polyvinyl chloride (PVC; with di-(2-ethylhexyl) 
phthalate [DEHP]) and any peristaltic infusion pump that uses infusion tubing made of 
polyethylene or PVC DEHP-free, and an in-line filter of polyethersulfone. 
Before allowing the use of any other plastic material for infusion bags and/or tubing, 
compatibility must be ensured. 
8.2 
DOSAGE AND SCHEDULE 
Administration of IMP must be initiated no later than 3 days after randomization. 
SAR566658 will be administered by IV infusion at a rate of 2.5 mg/min for 30 minutes and then 
increased to a maximal rate of 5 mg/min, in the absence of hypersensitivity reactions. 
The exact dose and time of IMP administration (day/month/year, hour:minute) will be 
documented in the electronic case report form (eCRF). 
There is no limitation in the number of cycles to be administered in the absence of major 
toxicity, disease progression, or any other discontinuation criteria as defined in 
Section 10.3.2. 
The patient’s BSA will be calculated using their height and actual body weight to allow 
calculation of the dose. For patients with a BSA >2.0 m2, the dose will be calculated on the basis 
of 2.0 m2 BSA. 
The preferred Dubois and Dubois equation is: BSA in units of m2 = (weight in kg)0.425 x (height in 
cm)0.725 x 0.007184. 
Dose adjustment will be permitted for subsequent treatment cycles based on individual patient 
tolerance (see Section 8.2.3). Treatment will continue unless any of the withdrawal criteria are 
met, as described in Section 10.3.2. 
8.2.1 Dose of IMP per administration 
Part 1 (overexpressing CA6) 
Patients will be randomly allocated to receive 1 of the following 2 doses in a 1:1 ratio: 
• 
Cohort 1: 90 mg/m2 of SAR566658 on D1 and D8 repeated every 21 days. This will 
constitute 1 cycle of treatment. 
• 
Cohort 2: 120 mg/m2 of SAR566658 on D1 and D8 repeated every 21 days. This will 
constitute 1 cycle of treatment. 
Part 2 (expansion/overexpressing CA6 and mild CA6 expression cohorts) 
SAR566658 will be administered at the dose of 90 or 120 mg/m2 on D1 and D8 repeated every 
21 days, depending on the dose selected from Part 1. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 45 
8.2.2 Premedication 
Premedication with histamine H1 antagonist (diphenhydramine 50 mg or equivalent given orally 
approximately 1 hour before SAR566658 administration) is required for all patients. 
Ocular prophylaxis 
Eye drops (ie, topical artificial tears and/or hyaluronic ophthalmic gel) are strongly recommended 
to be instilled in each eye up to 6 times a day during the study treatment period in all patients. 
These eye drops should not be applied within 15 minutes (before or after) of preventive corneal 
toxicity drop instillation. 
The potential ocular/visual toxicity could include, but is not limited to, blurred vision, dry eye, 
and photophobia. Curative treatment may be used as recommended by an ophthalmologist. 
All patients in Part 1 and Part 2 of this study will receive corneal toxicity (keratopathy/keratitis) 
prophylaxis around the time of each infusion, to include: 
• 
Vasoconstrictor (phenylephrine 2.5% ophthalmic solution or equivalent) will be 
administered to each eye with 1 drop prior to the start of infusion and then 1 drop every 
20 minutes, with a total of 3 drops. 
• 
Corticosteroid ophthalmic solution, ointment, or gel (such as dexamethasone 0.16% or 
equivalent) administered to each eye 3 times a day (morning, midday, and night), starting 
on the day of the infusion and for 2 days after infusion, for a total of 3 days of steroid 
ophthalmic therapy including Day 1 of each cycle. 
• 
Use of cold eye mask/pad (unless patient cannot tolerate it), from start until end of 
infusion. 
Before implementation of the preventive measures, it should be ensured that the patient has no 
contraindication as per labeling of the topical treatment used. Patients should be informed that 
they will experience blurred vision that may last up to 1 to 2 hours after application of the ocular 
preparations. 
8.2.3 Dose modification and dose delay 
Dose modification (reduction or omission) or cycle delay is planned in case of AEs. Dose 
modification will be made according to the worst grade toxicity observed within a cycle. Adverse 
events will be graded according to NCI CTCAE v4.03. 
Dose may be reduced depending on the severity of the AE. 
If a patient experiences several AEs and there are conflicting recommendations, the most 
conservative recommended dose adjustment (dose reduction/omission/delay appropriate to the 
most severe AE) should be followed. 
8.2.3.1 Dose modification 
Dose can be reduced for SAR566658 when necessary, as described in the following sections. The 
dose, which has been reduced due to an AE, must not be re-escalated. Up to a maximum of 2 dose 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 46 
reductions will be allowed per patient. If a third dose reduction is required per the modifications 
below, the patient should discontinue study treatment. Dose levels for each arm in case of dose 
reduction are described in Table 2 below. 
The patient may have the Day 8 dose omitted if an AE occurs and they have not recovered on the 
theoretical day of infusion. The patient will receive the next cycle after recovery from the AE, as 
described. 
Table 2 - Dose reduction levels 
 
Initial dose (mg/m2) 
 
 
Dose reduction 1 (mg/m2) 
 
Dose reduction 2 (mg/m2) 
SAR566658 
90 
→ 
75 
→ 
60 
SAR566658 
120 
→ 
90 
→ 
75 
8.2.3.2 Treatment delay 
At Day 22, a treatment delay ≥4 days should be justified (ie, to be reported in the eCRF). Study 
treatment may be delayed up to 2 weeks to allow recovery from acute toxicity. In case of a delay 
due to IMP-related AEs ≥2 weeks (except for alopecia), the patient will be withdrawn from the 
treatment. 
The dose of SAR566658 will be modified in case of AEs. Dose modifications are summarized in 
Table 3. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 47 
Table 3 - Dose modifications for SAR566658 
Adverse 
event 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Diarrhea 
Delaya next infusion until 
recovery (Grade ≤1). 
No dose reduction required. 
On Day 8, omit the dose. 
On Day 22, delaya next infusion until recovery (Grade ≤1): 
- 1st episode: reduce dose by 1 dose level, 
- 2nd episode: reduce dose by 1 more dose level, 
- 3rd episode: withdraw from study treatment. 
Creatinine 
increase 
No delay, in case of creatinine >1.5 x ULN to calculate creatinine clearance (CLcr)b on D21: 
- If ≥50 mL/min, no dose modification, 
- If clearance ≥30 mL/min and < 50 mL/min, reduce dose by 1 dose level, 
- If clearance <30 mL/min, withdraw from study treatment. 
Peripheral 
neuropathy 
No delay. 
Reduce by 1 dose level. 
Delaya next infusion until recovery 
(Grade ≤1): 
- 1st episode: reduce dose by 
1 dose level, 
- 2nd episode: reduce dose by 
1 more dose level, 
- 3rd episode: withdraw from study 
treatment. 
Withdraw from study treatment. 
Total bilirubin 
elevation 
In case of bilirubin >1.5 x ULN: 
On Day 8, omit the dose. 
On Day 22, delaya until recovery to bilirubin ≤1.5 x ULN and then reduce by 1 dose level. 
If no recovery after 2 dose reductions, withdraw from study treatment. 
Transaminases 
elevation 
On Day 8, omit the dose. 
On Day 22, delaya until recovery 
to AST/ALT Grade ≤1. 
No dose adjustment. 
On Day 8, omit the dose. 
On Day 22, delaya until recovery 
to AST/ALT Grade ≤1: 
- 1st episode: reduce dose by 
1 dose level, 
- 2nd episode: reduce dose by 
1 more dose level, 
- 3rd episode: withdraw from study 
treatment. 
Withdraw from study treatment. 
Dose reduction levels provided in Table 2. 
a A maximum of 2 weeks delay at D22, otherwise the patient will be withdrawn from study treatment. 
b As per Cockcroft-Gault formula; see Appendix E. 
Abbreviations: ALT: Alanine aminotransferase; AST: Aspartate aminotransferase; D: day; ULN: upper limit of normal. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 48 
8.2.3.3 Specific recommendations 
8.2.3.3.1 Hypersensitivity reactions 
Premedication with histamine H1 antagonist (diphenhydramine 50 mg given orally approximately 
1 hour before SAR566658 administration) is required for all patients. 
Infusion-related hypersensitivity reactions (NCI CTCAE v4.03 term ‘allergic reaction/cytokine 
release syndrome/anaphylaxis’ [Appendix D]) are defined as events occurring on the day of IMP 
infusion. 
Management plans for infusion-related hypersensitivity reactions are described in Table 4.  
Table 4 - Infusion-related hypersensitivity reactions and recommendations 
Symptom severity (NCI CTCAE v4.03) 
Intervention recommendation 
Mild 
Grade 1 (eg, localized cutaneous reaction, pruritus, flushing, 
rash) 
Continue SAR566658 infusion 
Give diphenhydramine 50 mg IV (or equivalent) and/or 
dexamethasone 10 mg IV 
Moderate 
eg, Grade ≤2 nausea, headache, tachycardia, hypotension, 
rash, shortness of breath 
Stop SAR566658 infusion 
Give diphenhydramine 50 mg IV (or equivalent) and/or 
dexamethasone 10 mg IV 
SAR566658 may be resumeda only after patient recovery (all 
signs and/or symptoms of infusion-related reaction disappear or 
return to Grade ≥1); infusion should be resumed, at half the 
previous infusion rate 
Severe and life-threatening 
eg, Grade ≥3 symptomatic bronchospasm, urticaria lesions 
covering >30% BSA, hypotension, angioedema 
Stop SAR566658 infusion 
Give diphenhydramine 50 mg IV (or equivalent) and/or 
dexamethasone 10 mg IV and/or epinephrine as needed 
Definitive treatment discontinuation 
a SAR566658 is stable for a maximum of 16 hours in the infusion bag at room temperature. If necessary, a new infusion should be prepared 
with the remaining dose to be administered. 
Abbreviations: BSA: body surface area; IV: intravenously; NCI CTCAE: National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events. 
8.2.3.3.2 Corneal toxicity 
The potential corneal toxicity could include, but is not limited to, blurred vision, dry eye, and 
photophobia. Treatment with topical steroids or other medications (such as hyaluronic acid gel) 
may be used as recommended by an ophthalmologist. Recent findings from ocular examinations 
performed to assess and follow-up patients experiencing corneal toxicity (commonly reported as 
“keratitis”) from other DM4 immuno-conjugate drugs indicate that the primary corneal lesion 
induced is rather reversible, centripetal (moving from periphery towards the center upon 
resolution) corneal microcysts and/or deposits, and is noninflammatory in nature (5). Similar 
findings were observed in the SAR566658 FIH study (TED10499). Therefore, it is thought that 
corneal toxicity would be better described by distinguishing between keratitis and keratopathy. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 49 
Keratitis would not be limited to corneal inflammation but can be keratopathy as well. Corneal 
toxicity management will be applicable to both keratitis and keratopathy. The current CTCAE 
v4.03 is not fully adapted to eye toxicity reporting and does not include a grading tailored to 
keratopathy nor to asymptomatic corneal findings. The grading currently applied to keratitis is 
extended to keratopathy with the option to use G1 as severity grading (eg, asymptomatic corneal 
findings only observed on ocular examinations) to properly document corneal findings evolution 
up to complete recovery. 
Corneal toxicity management 
In case of occurrence of a corneal toxicity, the management of the keratopathy/keratitis is 
described below in Table 5. 
Table 5 - Corneal toxicity (keratopathy/keratitis) management recommendation 
Symptom severity 
(NCI CTCAE v4.03)a 
Intervention recommendation 
Asymptomatic keratitis 
(Grade 1)a 
Corneal lesions only observed on 
routine ocular examination and not 
requiring topical treatment 
• Next infusion at the same dose, with or without dose delay, depending on the 
recommendation from the ophthalmologist (nature and extent of the lesion). 
• Perform the complete ocular examination, including assessment of ocular/visual 
symptoms, visual acuity, full ocular tests including slit lamp with fluorescein under 
dilatation, and Schirmer’s test preferably with anesthetics, and then repeat every cycle. 
Grade 2 keratitisb 
Symptomatic or requiring topical 
treatment (curative) or limiting 
instrumental activity of daily life 
• Perform the complete ocular examination, including assessment of ocular/visual 
symptoms, visual acuity, full ocular tests including slit lamp with fluorescein under 
dilatation, and Schirmer’s test preferably with anesthetics. Repeat the complete ocular 
examination on a weekly basis until resolution (asymptomatic), and then every cycle. 
• Start curative treatment per ophthalmologist recommendation (eg, topical steroids). 
• Dose delay until resolution (asymptomatic). 
• Continue ocular primary prophylaxis before infusion and dose reduction at the next cyclec 
• Management of study drug upon recurrence to be discussed according to grade of the 
event at recurrence, clinical benefit from study drug, and recommendation from the 
ophthalmologist. 
Grade 3 keratitisb 
Decline in vision (worse than 20/40 
but better than 20/200) or limiting 
self-care activity of daily life  
• Perform the complete ocular examination, including assessment of ocular/visual 
symptoms, visual acuity, full ocular tests including slit lamp with fluorescein under 
dilatation, and Schirmer’s test preferably with anesthetics. Repeat the complete ocular 
examination on a weekly basis until resolution (asymptomatic), and then every cycle. 
• Start curative treatment per ophthalmologist recommendation (eg, topical steroids. 
• Dose delay until resolution (asymptomatic). 
• Continue ocular primary prophylaxis before infusion and dose reduction at the next cyclec 
• Permanently discontinue SAR566658 upon recurrence. 
Grade 4 keratitis 
Perforation or blindness (20/200 or 
worse) 
• Complete ocular examination on a weekly basis until resolution (asymptomatic)b . 
• Start curative treatment per ophthalmologist recommendation. 
• Permanently discontinue SAR566658. 
a Grading of keratitis starts at Grade 2 in NCI CTCAE v4.03. The option is to use Grade 1 as severity grading (eg, asymptomatic corneal 
findings only observed on ocular examinations) to properly document corneal findings evolution up to complete recovery. The same NCI 
CTCAE v4.03 grading is applied to keratopathy. 
b When possible at the site, photographs should be taken when findings are first documented and to follow progression when relevant. Any 
additional relevant ocular examination can be done if indicated. 
c Measure intraocular pressure by tonometry whenever clinically indicated and at end of treatment. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 50 
8.2.3.3.3 Other toxicities 
If a patient experiences any other AE Grade ≥3, except fatigue, local reaction, anemia, and other 
toxicities that are uncomfortable but do not cause serious morbidity, dosing should be delayed 
until recovery to Grade ≥1, then resumed at the same or a reduced dose at the discretion of the 
Investigator. Up to 2 dose reductions are allowed for AEs. 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES 
Not applicable. This is an open-label study. 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP 
The randomized treatment kit number list is generated centrally by Sanofi. The IMP is packaged 
in accordance with this list. 
The IVRS/IWRS generates the patient randomization list and allocates the dose level in Part 1. 
During the screening phase, patients with tumor CA6 positivity level as required by the inclusion 
criteria (as relevant for the part of the study) will be asked to sign the specific screening informed 
consent. Once this is done, the protocol study procedures can be started and the IVRS/IWRS 
called to obtain the registration number. 
After the patient has completed the necessary baseline study procedures and is deemed eligible, a 
call to IVRS/IWRS will occur to randomize the patient to either cohort to receive 90 mg/m2 or 
120 mg/m2 SAR566658 in a 1:1 ratio in Part 1, or to enroll the patient (Part 2). Randomization 
will be stratified by ECOG PS (0 versus 1) in Part 1. 
The randomization will be stopped at the end of Part 1 and the recruitment will be authorized in 
Part 2 only when the selected dose is chosen. Randomization will not be required in Part 2. 
Patients randomized or enrolled but not treated will be replaced. 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING 
Packaging is in accordance with the administration schedule. The content of the labeling is in 
accordance with the local regulatory specifications and requirements. 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE 
Investigators or other authorized persons (eg, pharmacists) are responsible for storing the IMP in a 
secure and safe place in accordance with local regulations, labeling specifications, policies, and 
procedures.  
Control of IMP storage conditions, especially control of temperature (eg, refrigerated storage) and 
information on in-use stability and instructions for handling the Sanofi compound should be 
managed according to the rules provided by the Sponsor. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 51 
The IMP is to be stored at +2°C to +8°C (36°F to 46°F). All vials must be kept in their box until 
use so that vials are protected from light. 
No protection from light is required for storage in the infusion bags. 
Details of the storage conditions for the diluted solution are provided in the Pharmacy Manual. 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Investigator, the hospital pharmacist, or other personnel allowed to store and dispense the 
IMP will be responsible for ensuring that the IMP used in the clinical trial is securely maintained 
as specified by the Sponsor and in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. 
All IMP will be dispensed in accordance with the Investigator's prescription and it is the 
Investigator's responsibility to ensure that an accurate record of IMP issued and returned is 
maintained. 
Any quality issue noticed with the receipt or use of an IMP (deficiency in condition, appearance, 
pertaining documentation, labeling, expiration date, etc) should be promptly notified to the 
Sponsor. Some deficiencies may be recorded through a complaint procedure. 
A potential defect in the quality of IMP may be subject to initiation of a recall procedure by the 
Sponsor. In this case, the Investigator will be responsible for promptly addressing any request 
made by the Sponsor, in order to recall the IMP and eliminate potential hazards. 
Under no circumstances will the Investigator supply IMP to a third party, allow the IMP to be 
used other than as directed by this clinical trial protocol, or dispose of IMP in any other manner. 
8.7.1 Treatment accountability and compliance 
Administration of the IMP will be supervised by the Investigator or Subinvestigator. 
The person responsible for drug dispensing is required to maintain adequate records of the IMP. 
These records (eg, drug movement form) include the date the IMP is received from the Sponsor, 
dispensed for patient, and destroyed or returned to the Sponsor. Both the packaging batch number 
and the treatment number on the vial must be recorded on the drug accountability form. 
The person responsible for IMP administration to the patient will record precisely the date and the 
time of the IMP administration to the patient. 
8.7.2 Return and/or destruction of treatments 
All used and partially used IMP will be destroyed at the study site after an accurate accountability 
has been performed and signed by the Investigator (or the pharmacist). 
All unused IMP may be destroyed at the site or retrieved by the Sponsor. The Investigator will not 
destroy the unused IMP unless the Sponsor provides written authorization. 
A detailed treatment log form of the destroyed and/or returned IMP will be established with the 
Investigator (or the pharmacist) and countersigned by the Investigator and the Monitoring Team. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 52 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION 
A concomitant medication is any treatment received by the patient concomitantly to any IMP(s). 
All treatments being taken by the patient within 21 days prior to first study treatment 
administration and at any time during the study, in addition to the IMP, are regarded as 
concomitant treatments and the type, dose, and route of administration must be documented on the 
appropriate screen of the eCRF. 
Concomitant medications should be kept to a minimum during the study. However, if these are 
considered necessary for the patient's welfare and are unlikely to interfere with the IMP, they may 
be given at the discretion of the Investigator and recorded in the eCRF: 
• 
Palliative radiotherapy may be given for control of pain for palliative intents. The Sponsor 
team should be notified to obtain agreement prior to treatment if palliative radiotherapy is 
being considered, and prior to resuming therapy on the study. The irradiated area should 
be as small as possible and should never involve more than 20% of the bone marrow in 
any given 3-week period. In all such cases, the possibility of tumor progression should be 
ruled out by physical and radiological assessments of the tumor. If the only evaluable 
lesions are to be irradiated, the patient will stop the study treatment. The irradiated area 
cannot be used as a parameter for response assessment.  
• 
Supportive treatment as medically indicated for the patient’s well-being may be prescribed 
at the Investigator’s discretion. Every medication or treatment taken by the patient during 
the trial and the reason for its administration must be recorded on the eCRF. 
The following concomitant treatments are not permitted during this study: 
• 
Concurrent treatment with other investigational drugs. 
• 
Concurrent treatment with any other anticancer therapy not specified in the protocol, 
including immunotherapy, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy, or biological therapies. 
• 
The prophylactic use of granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) is not allowed 
during study treatment. Curative treatment is allowed (eg, febrile neutropenia, neutropenic 
infection). 
• 
The use of erythropoietin during the first cycle. 
• 
Concomitant use of strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (eg, ketoconazole, itraconazole, 
clarithromycin, atazanavir, indinavir, nefazodone, nelfinavir, ritonavir, saquinavir, 
telithromycin, and voriconazole) should be avoided from 2 weeks before SAR566658 
administration up to the last SAR566658 administration or last PK sampling following 
SAR566658 administration, whichever is the latest (see Appendix F). 
The use of contact lenses will not be permitted during the study treatment period. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 53 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT 
9.1 
PRIMARY ENDPOINTS 
9.1.1 Primary safety endpoint for Part 1 
• 
Incidence of IMP-related predefined safety criteria during Cycle 1 and Cycle 2. 
Predefined safety criteria are defined at the occurrence of any following related TEAE using 
NCI CTCAE v4.03: 
- 
Grade ≥3 TEAE from the System Organ Class (SOC) Eyes disorders, 
- 
Grade ≥3 peripheral neuropathy (Preferred Term [PT]), 
- 
Grade ≥4 TEAE. 
9.1.2 Primary efficacy endpoint for Part 1 and Part 2 
The primary efficacy endpoint in Part 1 and Part 2 is ORR (proportion of patients with CR or PR 
as best overall response [BOR]) according to RECIST 1.1 (Appendix A), assessed by the 
Investigator. Confirmation of objective responses will be performed by repeat tumor imaging 
(Computed Tomography [CT] scan, MRI) at least 4 weeks after the first radiological 
documentation of response. 
Tumor assessments will be performed until disease progression, even if the patient has 
discontinued study treatment before documented disease progression, or study cut-off date, 
whichever comes first. 
The same imaging techniques should be used from baseline to disease progression to maintain 
consistency. If contrast agent is used at baseline, it must be used for all subsequent evaluations. 
Ultrasound is not permitted for evaluation of tumor progression. 
Baseline imaging evaluations are to be performed within 21 days of the first study treatment 
administration. A chest and abdominal CT or MRI scan, or other relevant examinations as 
clinically indicated, are requested. 
At each time point, evaluations must consist of a chest and abdominal CT or MRI scan and any 
other exams as clinically indicated. 
Disease progression will be determined by at least a 20% increase in the sum of diameters of 
target lesions, taking as reference the smallest sum on study (this includes the baseline sum if that 
is the smallest on study). In addition to the relative increase of 20%, the sum must also 
demonstrate an absolute increase of at least 5 mm. The appearance of 1 or more new lesions or an 
unequivocal increase in the size of nontarget lesions is also considered as progression. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 54 
In the presence of evidence suggestive of progression, such as increasing liver enzymes, declining 
performance status, weight loss, or increasing pain, every reasonable effort should be made to 
document the nature of progressive disease by appropriate imaging studies. The Investigator may 
remove a patient from the study treatment either for clinical progression, when it is not possible to 
obtain an imaging study, or for any other reason determined as in the best interest of the patient to 
do so; however, the rationale for this decision must be recorded in the patient’s medical chart and 
in the eCRF. 
Clear evidence of response and of progression must be documented in the patient’s medical record 
and this data will be recorded in the eCRF. 
The Investigator at the site will be responsible for the assessment and collection of the 
radiographic information in compliance with the schedule of evaluations presented in this 
protocol. 
A quick reference guide to RECIST 1.1 is included in Appendix A. 
9.2 
SECONDARY ENDPOINTS 
9.2.1 Secondary efficacy endpoints 
• 
DCR defined as the proportion of patients with CR, PR, or SD using RECIST 1.1 lasting 
more than 3 months as BOR. 
• 
DOR defined as the time from the date of the first documentation of objective tumor 
response (CR or PR) to the date of first radiological documentation of tumor progression 
using RECIST 1.1, or death (due to any cause), whichever comes first. 
• 
PFS defined as the time interval between the date of first study treatment administration 
and the date of the first radiologically documented tumor progression using RECIST 1.1, 
or death (due to any cause), whichever comes first. 
• 
TTP defined as the time interval from the date of first study treatment administration and 
the date of the first radiologically documented tumor progression using RECIST 1.1. 
9.2.2 Secondary safety endpoints 
• 
Safety profile of the study treatment in terms of AEs/SAEs/deaths and laboratory 
parameters:  
- 
Type, frequency, severity, seriousness, and relatedness of study TEAEs will be 
assessed according to NCI CTCAE v4.03, 
- 
Laboratory abnormalities will be assessed according to NCI CTCAE v4.03. 
• 
Evaluation of keratopathies using ocular primary prophylaxis. 
9.2.2.1 Adverse events 
Refer to Section 10.4 to Section 10.6 for details. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 55 
9.2.2.2 Laboratory safety variables 
The clinical laboratory data consist of blood analysis (including hematology, clinical chemistry, 
and coagulation tests). These tests will be performed by local laboratories. 
Clinical laboratory values will be analyzed after conversion into standard international units. 
International units will be used in all listings and tables. 
Laboratory abnormalities will be assessed according to the NCI CTCAE v.4.03. 
9.2.2.3 Evaluation of keratopathies using corneal toxicity primary prophylaxis 
Standard specific ocular tests include: 
• 
Assessment of ocular/visual symptoms, (eg, blurred vision, photophobia, dry eye). 
• 
Visual acuity. 
• 
Slit lamp with fluorescein under dilatation. 
• 
Schirmer’s test preferably with anesthetics. 
The schedule for ocular tests is described in the study flow chart (Section 1.2), and in 
Section 10.1. 
Standard specific ocular evaluations are planned at baseline. The outcome of the ocular 
assessment should be available before the first study treatment administration. In case of any 
ocular findings, complete ocular tests will be repeated once weekly until resolution to Grade 1. 
Although increase in intraocular pressure is not anticipated with SAR566658, tonometry will also 
be done because of the potential adverse effect of ocular preventive therapy on intraocular 
pressure. Tonometry will be performed at screening (with and without dilation), at the end of 
Cycle 6, at end of treatment, and when clinically indicated (without dilation). 
9.2.2.4 Vital signs 
Assessment of vital signs will be performed at screening, Days 8, 15, and 21 in Cycles 1 and 2, 
and Days 1 and 21 in subsequent cycles. The final measurements will be performed at the end of 
treatment visit (see flow chart in Section 1.2). 
Vital signs will include blood pressure and temperature. 
9.2.2.5 12-lead electrocardiogram 
A 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG) will be performed at screening, at end of treatment, and when 
clinically indicated (see flow chart in Section 1.2). 
Electrocardiogram data will be assessed by the Investigator based on the automatic device 
reading. The results of the ECG evaluation will be reported as normal or abnormal. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 56 
9.3 
OTHER SECONDARY ENDPOINTS 
• 
PK parameters assessed for SAR566658, naked huDS6 (SAR404461), and unconjugated 
maytansinoids (DM4 and Me-DM4). 
• 
Immunogenicity evaluation: anti-SAR566658 antibodies (antitherapeutic antibodies 
[ATA]). 
• 
Relationship between response and CA6 expression in tumors by IHC at baseline. 
• 
Relationship between response and circulating CA6 in the plasma at baseline. 
9.3.1 Pharmacokinetics 
Plasma PK sample collection will be performed according to a sparse sampling strategy in all 
treated patients. 
Plasma concentrations of SAR566658, naked huDS6 (SAR404461) and unconjugated 
maytansinoids (DM4 and Me-DM4) will be determined and used for population PK analysis using 
a nonlinear mixed-effects modelling approach. Additional details of the analysis plan will be 
provided in a separate document. This analysis will involve an estimation of interpatient PK 
variability, the population PK parameters estimates, and the assessments of patho-physiologic 
covariate effects on clearance and possibly on volume, if warranted. Empirical Bayesian 
estimation of individual PK model parameters and of individual exposure parameters of interest 
(such as Cmax and AUC) will also be performed. Those estimates will then be investigated as 
prognostic factors for clinical outcome, including safety and efficacy endpoints, if possible. 
9.3.1.1 Sampling time 
It is of upmost importance to collect all blood samples at the specified times and according to the 
specifications. Samples missed or lost for any reason should be recorded. 
Actual date and time of blood sample collection must be recorded in the eCRF. The date and time 
of start and end of infusion must also be precisely recorded. 
The planned sampling times for blood collection can be found in the PK/immunogenicity flow 
chart (Section 1.4). 
All collected samples will be used for population PK analysis. 
9.3.1.2 Pharmacokinetics handling procedure 
Detailed instructions for samples preparation and shipping will be provided to the study sites in a 
separate Laboratory Manual and are summarized in Table 6. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 57 
Table 6 - Pharmacokinetics handling for pharmacokinetic and antitherapeutic antibody samples 
Sample type 
SAR566658, naked huDS6, DM4, and 
Me-DM4 
ATA 
Matrix 
Plasma 
Plasma 
Blood sample volume 
5 mL 
4 mL 
Anticoagulant tube type 
Vacutainer blood collection tubes with lithium heparinate 
Blood handling procedures 
Keep blood on ice until plasma harvest (must be within 30 min of sampling time)  
by centrifugation at approx. 1500 g for approx. 10 min at 4°C 
Plasma aliquot split 
4 aliquots: 3 aliquots of 0.5 mL 
(including1 pre-acidified aliquot for DM4 and 
Me-DM4) and the remaining plasma in a 
4th aliquot 
4 aliquots: 3 aliquots of 0.5 mL 
and the remaining plasma in a 4th aliquot 
Storage conditions 
Polypropylene tubes with screw caps and 
frozen promptly (within 1 hour after collection of 
blood) at -80°C or lower 
Polypropylene tubes with screw caps and 
frozen promptly (within 1 hour after collection of 
blood) at -20°C 
Shipment conditions 
On dry ice 
ATA: antitherapeutic antibody. 
9.3.1.3 Bioanalytical method 
A summary of the bioanalytical methods are presented in Table 7. 
Table 7 - Summary of bioanalytical methods 
Sample type 
SAR566658 
DM4 and 
Me-DM4 
Naked huDS6 
ATA 
Matrix 
Plasma 
Plasma (pre-acidified) 
Plasma 
Plasma 
Analytical technique 
ELISA 
LC-MS/MS 
EIA with pre-
immunoprecipitation 
on magnetic beads 
ELISA-bridge 
Assay volume 
50.0 µL 
0.1 mL 
50.0 µL 
100 µL 
Lower limit of quantitation 
500 ng/mL 
0.2 ng/mL 
400 ng/mL 
NA 
Site of bioanalysis 
Covance,  
Harrogate, UK 
Covance,  
Harrogate, UK 
Covance,  
Harrogate, UK 
Sanofi R&D, 
(Alfortville, France) 
Method reference 
DOH1415 
DOH1433 
DOH1416 
DOH1328 
ATA: antitherapeutic antibody; EIA: enzyme immunoassay; ELISA: enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay; LC-MS: liquid chromatography-mass 
spectrometry; MS: mass spectrometry; NA: not applicable. 
For DM4 and Me-DM4, incurred sample reproducibility analysis will be performed on selected 
samples in order to assess the reliability of all sample concentration data. These analyses will be 
reported in addition to the final concentration data. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 58 
9.3.1.4 Pharmacokinetics parameters 
Collected PK samples could be used to perform descriptive statistics and population PK analysis 
by non-linear mixed effects modeling (see Section 11.4.6). Main PK parameters that will be 
provided should include Cmax, AUC, total clearance, distribution volume, and half-life. 
9.3.2 Immunogenicity 
Plasma samples will be collected for determination of anti-SAR566658 antibodies on Day 1 of 
each treatment cycle, at end of treatment, and during follow-up. The planned sampling times for 
blood collection are detailed in the PK/immunogenicity flow chart (Section 1.4). 
In case of a positive result for the ATA sample at the first follow-up visit, additional ATA 
samples will be collected at subsequent 6-weekly follow-up visits (and thereafter every 3 months) 
until a negative result is obtained. 
For details of sample handling procedures and bioanalytical methods, see Section 9.3.1. 
9.3.3 Evaluation of biomarkers 
9.3.3.1 CA6 expression in tumor formalin-fixed paraffin embedded sample by IHC 
At prescreening, determination of CA6 positivity in tumors will be performed by IHC on FFPE 
slides collected from the most recent available tumor samples. A total of 6 FFPE tumor 4-micron 
sections cut from the most recent available FFPE tumor block (ie, archive tumor tissue at 
diagnosis, archive tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent tumor sample) will be collected and sent 
to a centralized laboratory for CA6 staining by muDS6-IHC and for appropriate control. Staining 
will be analyzed by a dedicated pathologist. Stained and unstained slides will be kept for up to 
5 years from the completion of the clinical study. 
Both the membrane and cytoplasmic staining will be recorded for the percent of tumor cells 
positive at all intensities (1+, 2+, and 3+). 
9.3.3.2 Circulating CA6 in plasma at baseline 
For those patients who have already entered the trial, a blood sample will be collected at baseline 
prior to treatment and plasma will be extracted on site. Plasma will be stored in storage at -70°C 
or below and transferred on a planned schedule to a centralized laboratory until their authorized 
transfer to a testing laboratory, where circulating CA6 levels will be determined. Circulating CA6 
will be determined by a semiquantitative sandwich enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay 
(ELISA). 
9.4 
EXPLORATORY BIOMARKERS ENDPOINTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 59 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.5 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES 
Not all of the samples collected during this study may be required for the tests planned in this 
clinical trial. For subjects who have consented, the samples that are unused or left over after 
testing may be used for other research purposes (excluding genetic analysis) related to 
SAR566658 efficacy, safety, or metabolism, related to TNBC or future development of a 
diagnostic test, other than those defined in the present protocol. 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 60 
These other research analyses will help in the understanding of either disease subtypes or drug 
response, or to develop and/or validate a bioassay method, or to identify new drug targets or 
biomarkers. 
These samples will remain labeled with the same identifiers as those used during the study 
(ie, subject ID). They will be transferred to a Sanofi site (or a subcontractor site) which may be 
located outside of the country where the study is conducted. The Sponsor has included safeguards 
for protecting subject confidentiality and personal data (see Section 14.3 and Section 14.5). 
9.6 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS  
Each of the efficacy and safety assessments chosen for use in this study is considered 
well-established and relevant in an oncology setting. In addition, suitable steps have been built 
into each of these assessments to ensure their reliability and accuracy, and to minimize any risks 
to patient safety. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 61 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE 
During the course of the study, all patients entering the study must be evaluated according to the 
schedule outlined in the flow charts (see Section 1.2 and Section 1.4) and described below. The 
results of the evaluations will be recorded in the eCRF until the patients are no longer followed. 
10.1.1 Prescreening 
Prescreening for CA6 positivity will be performed by IHC at a central laboratory on FFPE slides 
collected from the most recent available tumor sample (ie, archive tumor tissue at diagnosis, 
archive tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent tumor sample). See Section 9.3.3.1 for further 
details. 
A prescreening written informed consent must be signed by the patient to consent to the 
prescreening assessment. Patients whose tumor samples have the required CA6 positivity by IHC 
will be deemed eligible to proceed to the screening period. 
A first call must be made to IVRS/IWRS prior to sending the slides to central laboratory. 
If it is documented that the patient is CA6 positive according to the protocol definition (as 
relevant to the part of the study), then the patient will have to go through all other screening 
assessments for the determination of full eligibility. 
10.1.2 Screening 
Each patient with a CA6 positive tumor will be examined before the start of the study to 
determine their eligibility for participation. 
The screening written informed consent must be signed by the patient before any protocol specific 
procedures are performed and IVRS/IWRS called (second call) to obtain a patient registration 
number. 
These tests are to be performed within 21 days prior to the first study treatment administration, 
with the exception of physical examination, biological tests, ECG and serum pregnancy test that 
must be performed no more than 7 days prior to first study treatment administration. If the time 
between biological baseline work-up and first administration of study treatment is more than 
7 days, biological tests should be done again to check that eligibility criteria are still met. If any 
laboratory tests are abnormal, these must be repeated within 2 days before the first study treatment 
administration. 
The following procedures will be performed: 
• 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria. 
• 
Demographic characteristics. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 62 
• 
Medical, surgical, and oncological history including significant prior and concurrent 
illnesses, primary diagnosis, and prior antitumor therapy. 
• 
Physical examination (within 7 days prior to first study treatment administration) 
including major body systems examination, height and weight, ECOG PS, and vital signs 
(temperature and blood pressure).  
• 
Specific complete ocular tests: assessment of ocular/visual symptoms, visual acuity, full 
ocular tests including slit lamp with fluorescein under dilatation, and Schirmer’s test 
preferably with anesthetics. 
• 
Tonometry (with and without dilatation) to measure intraocular pressure. 
• 
Prior and concomitant medications will be recorded from 21 days prior to first study 
treatment administration. 
• 
Adverse events (signs and symptoms will be reported in the eCRF as AEs only if they are 
still present at the time of first IMP administration). 
• 
12-lead ECG within 7 days prior to first study treatment administration. 
• 
Hematology within 7 days prior Day 1 Cycle 1 (time between hematological work-up and 
Day 1 Cycle 1 should not exceed 7 days; if time exceeds 7 days, hematological work-up 
should be repeated to check that eligibility criteria are still met): white blood cells (WBC) 
with differential count, hemoglobin, and platelet count. 
• 
Blood chemistry and coagulation tests within 7 days prior Day 1 Cycle 1 (time between 
blood chemistry and coagulation work-up and Day 1 Cycle 1 should not exceed 7 days; if 
time exceeds 7 days, blood chemistry and coagulation work-up should be repeated to 
check that eligibility criteria are still met). Electrolytes: sodium, potassium, calcium, 
phosphate, and chloride. Renal function: creatinine, creatinine clearance if creatinine >1.5 
x ULN, BUN or urea. Liver function: AST, ALT, total bilirubin, conjugated bilirubin, and 
alkaline phosphatase. Others: glucose, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), albumin, and total 
protein. Coagulation test: International Normalized Ratio (INR). 
• 
Serum pregnancy test for women of child-bearing potential within 7 days prior the first 
study treatment administration. 
• 
Tumor assessment within 21 days prior to first study treatment administration: 
(abdominal/chest) CT scan or MRI, and all other examinations as clinically indicated 
(eg, brain CT scan or MRI in case of clinical suspicion of central nervous system 
involvement) to assess all TARGET or NON TARGET lesions (measurable and 
nonmeasurable). CT scan/MRI will be preferred to X-ray for the purposes of efficacy 
assessment. To ensure comparability, the imaging should be performed using identical 
techniques throughout the study period (ie, CT scan or MRI, scans performed immediately 
following bolus contrast administration using a standard volume of contrast, the identical 
contrast agent, and preferably the same scanner). When available, spiral CT acquisition 
should be done. Slice thickness should be adapted to the anatomical area and presumed 
size of the lesions. Slice thickness of 5 to 8 mm should be favored rather than 10 mm, 
especially during spiral acquisition. 
If limitations appear in volume acquisition, it is encouraged to choose a 1.5 pitch and thin 
slices, rather than a 1 pitch with thick slices. A centimeter scale should appear on films. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 63 
• 
Other investigations if clinically indicated. 
10.1.3 Registration for initiation of treatment 
Registration will take place once the consented patient has completed all the necessary screening 
procedures and is deemed eligible for study entry by the Investigator or designee. 
The results of the screening examinations will be recorded in each registered patient’s eCRF. 
Source documentation to support the baseline results must be maintained in the patient’s medical 
record.  
A third call to IVRS/IWRS must be made for all patients: eligible patients will be randomized or 
enrolled to receive treatment and ineligible patients will be declared as screen failures 
(see Section 8.4). 
Study treatment should begin within 3 calendar days after registration. 
10.1.4 During study treatment 
At Cycle 1 Day 1, the inclusion/exclusion criteria and informed consent must be rechecked before 
any study-specific procedure is performed. All procedures should be performed prior to study 
treatment administration unless specified otherwise. 
The following procedures will be performed: 
• 
Physical examination (Cycles 1 and 2: Days 8, 15, and 21; subsequent cycles: Days 8 and 
21) including major body systems examination, body weight, ECOG PS, and vital signs 
(temperature and blood pressure). 
• 
Concomitant medications (to be assessed continuously throughout the on-treatment 
period and to be recorded at every cycle). 
• 
Adverse events (to be assessed continuously throughout the on-treatment period and to be 
recorded at every cycle). 
• 
Tonometry (without dilatation) to measure intraocular pressure at the end of Cycle 6 only. 
• 
Hematology will be done before each study treatment administration (-3 day window is 
allowed) and in case of fever or infection: WBC with differential count, hemoglobin, 
platelet count. 
In addition, hematology will be performed every week (Day 8 and Day 15) during the first 
2 cycles (±1 day window is allowed), then during subsequent cycles at Day 8 and in case 
of fever or infection. 
• 
Blood Chemistry will be done before each study treatment administration (-3 days 
window is allowed): sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphate, chloride, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance if creatinine >1.5 x ULN, BUN or urea, AST, ALT, total bilirubin, 
conjugated bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase, glucose, LDH, albumin, and total protein. 
In addition, blood chemistry (sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphate, chloride, creatinine, 
creatinine clearance if creatinine >1.5 x ULN, BUN or urea, AST, ALT, total bilirubin, 
conjugated bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase, glucose, LDH, albumin, and total protein) will 
be performed every week (Day 8 and Day 15) during the 2 first cycles (±1 day window is 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 64 
allowed), except for BUN and chloride that will be done weekly only during the first 
cycle. 
• 
Coagulation tests (Day 21 of each cycle): INR. 
• 
Serum pregnancy test (Day 1 of each cycle from Cycle 2 onwards): for women of 
child-bearing potential, only in countries where it is a regulatory requirement. 
• 
Blood sample for circulating CA6 (Cycle 1 Day 1 only): 1 sample will be taken prior to 
study treatment administration. 
• 
 
 
• 
 
 
• 
 
 
• 
Blood sampling for PK: as specified in PK/immunogenicity flow chart (see Section 1.4). 
• 
Blood sampling for ATA: as specified in PK/immunogenicity flow chart 
(see Section 1.4). 
• 
Tumor assessment every 6 weeks after first study treatment administration: 
(abdominal/chest) CT Scan or MRI, and all other exams as clinically indicated (eg, brain 
CT scan or MRI in case of clinical suspicion of central nervous system involvement) to 
assess all TARGET or NON TARGET lesions. To ensure comparability, the imaging 
should be performed using identical techniques throughout the study period (ie, scans 
performed immediately following bolus contrast administration using a standard volume 
of contrast, the identical contrast agent, and preferably the same scanner). 
Confirmation of objective responses will be performed by repeat tumor imaging (CT scan, 
MRI) at least 4 weeks after the first radiological documentation of response 
(see Section 9.1.2). 
• 
Other investigations if clinically indicated. 
10.1.5 End of treatment 
All patients must continue to be observed for at least 30 days after the final dose of study 
treatment. The following procedures should be performed between 25 and 35 days after the last 
SAR566658 administration: 
• 
Physical examination including major body systems examination, body weight, ECOG 
PS, and vital signs (temperature and blood pressure). 
• 
Concomitant medications. 
• 
Adverse events. 
• 
Tonometry (without dilatation) to measure intraocular pressure. 
• 
Hematology: WBC with differential count, hemoglobin, platelet count. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 65 
• 
Blood Chemistry: sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphate, chloride, creatinine, creatinine 
clearance if creatinine >1.5 x ULN, BUN or urea, AST, ALT, total bilirubin, conjugated 
bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase, glucose, LDH, albumin, and total protein. 
• 
Coagulation tests: INR. 
• 
Serum pregnancy test for women of child-bearing potential. 
• 
12-lead ECG. 
• 
 
• 
 
• 
Blood sampling for PK: as specified in PK/immunogenicity flow chart (see Section 1.4). 
• 
Blood sampling for ATA: as specified in PK/immunogenicity flow chart 
(see Section 1.4). 
• 
Tumor assessment: (abdominal/chest) CT scan or MRI, and all other exams as clinically 
indicated (eg, brain CT scan or MRI in case of clinical suspicion of central nervous system 
involvement) to assess all TARGET or NON TARGET lesions. To ensure comparability, 
the imaging should be performed using identical techniques throughout the study period 
(ie, scans performed immediately following bolus contrast administration using a standard 
volume of contrast, the identical contrast agent, and preferably the same scanner). 
Confirmation of objective responses will be performed by repeat tumor imaging (CT scan, 
MRI) at least 4 weeks after the first radiological documentation of response 
(see Section 9.1.2). 
• 
Other investigations if clinically indicated. 
10.1.6 Follow-up period 
During the follow-up period, SAEs (regardless of relationship with study treatment) and 
IMP-related AEs ongoing at the end of study treatment, as well as new IMP-related AEs/SAEs, 
will be followed until resolution or stabilization, where stabilization is defined as an event 
ongoing without any change for at least 3 months. During the follow up period, patients will be 
followed up every 6 weeks (±1 week) until death, study cut-off, or withdrawal of patient’s 
consent, whichever comes first. For patients who discontinue study treatment prior to documented 
disease progression, a tumor assessment will be performed every 6 weeks. Date of disease 
progression and further anticancer treatment will be collected at the follow-up visit. 
The following procedures will be performed/assessed: 
• 
ECOG PS and body weight. 
• 
Tumor assessment (if applicable, ie, if disease progression has not yet been documented). 
• 
Post-study treatments: if used to treat new or unresolved treatment-related AEs. 
• 
Adverse events: any treatment-related AEs and all SAEs ongoing at the end of study 
treatment, and new treatment-related AEs or SAEs will be recorded until recovery, or until 
the event has been stabilized. 
• 
Further anticancer therapy: in case a patient discontinues study treatment due to a 
reason other than progressive disease, further antitumor therapy will not be initiated before 
progression is documented. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 66 
• 
 
 
• 
Blood sampling for ATA: as specified in PK/immunogenicity flow chart 
(see Section 1.4). 
10.1.7 Post study cut-off date 
• 
Patients still on study treatment at the second cut-off date can continue study treatment, if 
clinical benefit is observed, until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or the patient 
refuses further study treatment, and will continue to undergo all assessments as per the 
study flow chart. 
• 
Patients without documented disease progression but not on treatment at the second cut-off 
date will be followed for any ongoing AEs. In addition, imaging to document disease 
progression and survival status will be collected (every 6 weeks) for 6 months after the 
cut-off date. 
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA 
Source data includes all information in original records and certified copies of original records of 
clinical findings, observations, or other activities necessary for the reconstruction and evaluation 
of the trial. Source data are contained in source documents. 
Source documents are original documents, data, and records (eg, hospital records, clinical and 
office charts, laboratory notes, memoranda, patient diaries or evaluation checklists, pharmacy 
dispensing records, recorded data from automated instruments, copies or transcripts certified after 
verification as being accurate and complete, microfiches, photographic negatives, microfilm or 
magnetic media, X-rays, patient files, and records kept at the pharmacy, at the laboratories, and at 
medical-technical departments) involved in the clinical study. Source documentation must be 
maintained to support information provided within an eCRF. 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION  
The IMP should be continued whenever possible. In case the IMP is stopped, it should be 
determined whether the stop can be made temporarily; permanent IMP discontinuation should be 
a last resort. Any IMP discontinuation should be fully documented in the eCRF. In any case, the 
patient should remain in the study as long as possible. 
10.3.1 Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) 
Permanent treatment discontinuation is any treatment discontinuation associated with the 
definitive decision from the Investigator or the patient not to re-expose the patient to the IMP at 
any time. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 67 
10.3.2 List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation 
All efforts should be made to document the reason(s) for treatment discontinuation and this should 
be documented in the eCRF. 
• 
The patients may withdraw from treatment if they decide to do so, at any time and 
irrespective of the reason, or this may be the Investigator’s decision. 
• 
IMP should be discontinued in any of the following cases: 
- 
Unacceptable AE not manageable by symptomatic therapy, dose delay, or dose 
modification (see Section 8.2.3), 
- 
Disease progression, as defined in Section 9.1.2, 
- 
Poor compliance to the study protocol, 
- 
Lost to follow-up, 
- 
Intercurrent illness that prevents further administration of study treatment. 
In all cases, the reason and date of withdrawal must be recorded in the eCRF and in the patient's 
medical records. The patient must be followed up to establish whether the reason was an AE and, 
if so, this must be reported in accordance with the procedures in Section 10.4. 
Any abnormal laboratory value or ECG parameter will be immediately rechecked for 
confirmation after 24 hours, before making a decision of permanent discontinuation of the IMP 
for the concerned patient. 
10.3.3 Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation 
Patients will be followed-up according to the study procedures specified in this protocol up to the 
scheduled date of study completion, or up to recovery or stabilization of any AE to be 
followed-up as specified in this protocol, whichever comes last. 
After study treatment is discontinued, an end of treatment visit should be performed and then the 
patient will be followed for disease progression (imaging every 6 weeks), if discontinuation 
occurred prior to documented progression, and for survival status (every 6 weeks) until study 
cut-off date. 
After the permanent discontinuation of treatment, patients will be assessed using the procedure 
normally planned for the last dosing day with the IMP including PK and immunogenicity 
samples, if appropriate. 
All cases of permanent treatment discontinuation should be recorded by the Investigator in the 
appropriate pages of the eCRF when considered as confirmed. 
10.3.4 Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study  
The patients may withdraw from the study before study completion if they decide to do so, at any 
time and irrespective of the reason. Withdrawal of consent for treatment should be distinguished 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 68 
from withdrawal of consent for follow-up visits and from withdrawal of consent for non-patient 
contact follow-up, eg, medical records check. Patients requesting withdrawal should be informed 
that withdrawal of consent for follow-up may jeopardize the public health value of the study. 
If possible, the patients are assessed using the procedure normally planned for the end of 
treatment visit including PK and immunogenicity samples, if appropriate. 
Patients who withdraw should be explicitly asked about the contribution of possible AEs to their 
decision to withdraw consent, and any AE information elicited should be documented. Preferably 
the patient should withdraw consent in writing and, if the patient or the patient’s representative 
refuses or is physically unavailable, the site should document and sign the reason for the patient’s 
failure to withdraw consent in writing.  
All study withdrawals should be recorded by the Investigator in the appropriate screens of the 
eCRF and in the patient’s medical records when considered as confirmed. In the medical record, 
at least the date of the withdrawal and the reason should be documented. 
For patients who fail to return to the site, unless the patient withdraws consent for follow-up, the 
Investigator should make the best effort to recontact the patient (eg, contact patient’s family or 
private physician, review available registries or health care databases), and to determine his/her 
health status, including at least his/her vital status. Attempts to contact such patients must be 
documented in the patient’s records (eg, times and dates of attempted telephone contact, receipt 
for sending a registered letter). 
The Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) will specify how these patients lost to follow-up for their 
primary endpoints will be considered. 
Patients who have withdrawn from the study cannot be rerandomized (treated) in the study. Their 
inclusion and treatment numbers must not be reused.  
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING 
10.4.1 Definitions of adverse events  
10.4.1.1 Adverse event 
An adverse event (AE) is any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation 
patient administered a pharmaceutical product and which does not necessarily have to have a 
causal relationship with this treatment. 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event 
A serious adverse event (SAE) is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose: 
• 
Results in death, or, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 69 
• 
Is life-threatening, or, 
Note: The term “life-threatening” in the definition of “serious” refers to an event in which 
the patient was at risk of death at the time of the event; it does not refer to an event which 
hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe. 
• 
Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, or, 
• 
Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity, or, 
• 
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect, 
• 
Is a medically important event. 
Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited 
reporting is appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not 
be immediately life-threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the 
patient or may require medical or surgical intervention (ie, specific measures or corrective 
treatment) to prevent 1 of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. 
Note: The following list of medically important events is intended to serve as a guideline for 
determining which condition has to be considered a medically important event. The list is not 
intended to be exhaustive: 
- 
Intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home for: 
- 
Allergic bronchospasm, 
- 
Blood dyscrasias (ie, agranulocytosis, aplastic anemia, bone marrow aplasia, 
myelodysplasia, pancytopenia, etc),  
- 
Convulsions (seizures, epilepsy, epileptic fit, absence, etc). 
- 
Development of drug dependence or drug abuse, 
- 
ALT >3 x ULN + total bilirubin >2 x ULN or asymptomatic ALT increase 
>10 x ULN, 
- 
Suicide attempt or any event suggestive of suicidality, 
- 
Syncope, loss of consciousness (except if documented as a consequence of blood 
sampling), 
- 
Bullous cutaneous eruptions, 
- 
Cancers diagnosed during the study or aggravated during the study (only if judged 
unusual/significant by the Investigators). 
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest 
An adverse event of special interest (AESI) is an AE (serious or nonserious) of scientific and 
medical concern specific to the Sponsor’s product or program, for which ongoing monitoring and 
immediate notification by the Investigator to the Sponsor is required. Such events may require 
further investigation in order to characterize and understand them. Adverse events of special 
interest may be added, modified or removed during a study by protocol amendment. 
• 
Pregnancy of a female subject entered in a study as well as pregnancy occurring in a 
female partner of a male subject entered in a study with IMP/noninvestigational medicinal 
product (NIMP): 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 70 
Pregnancy occurring in a female patient entered in the clinical trial or in a female partner 
of a male patient entered in the clinical trial. It will be qualified as an SAE only if it fulfills 
1 of the seriousness criteria (see Section 10.4.1.2). 
- 
In the event of pregnancy in a female participant, IMP should be discontinued. 
- 
Follow-up of the pregnancy in a female participant or in a female partner of a male 
participant is mandatory until the outcome has been determined (see Appendix C). 
• 
Symptomatic overdose (serious or nonserious) with IMP/NIMP: 
- 
An overdose (accidental or intentional) with the IMP/NIMP is an event suspected by 
the Investigator or spontaneously notified by the patient and defined as at least twice 
the intended dose within the intended therapeutic interval, adjusted according to the 
tested drug, 
- 
Infusion: increase of at least 30% of the highest planned dose (eg, 120 mg/m2) to be 
administered in the specified duration or if the dose is administered in less than half 
the recommended duration of administration, 
- 
Injectable administration: at least twice the dose during the planned intervals. 
Of note, asymptomatic overdose has to be reported as a standard AE. 
10.4.2 General guidelines for reporting adverse events 
• 
All AEs, regardless of seriousness or relationship to IMP/NIMP, spanning from the 
signature of the informed consent form until the end of the study as defined by the 
protocol for that patient, are to be recorded on the corresponding page(s) or screen(s) of 
the eCRF. 
• 
Whenever possible, diagnosis or single syndrome should be reported instead of symptoms. 
The Investigator should specify the date of onset, intensity, action taken with respect to 
IMP, corrective treatment/therapy given, additional investigations performed, outcome, 
and his/her opinion as to whether there is a reasonable possibility that the AE was caused 
by the IMP or by the study procedure(s).  
• 
The Investigator should take appropriate measures to follow all AEs until clinical recovery 
is complete and laboratory results have returned to normal, or until progression has been 
stabilized, or until death, in order to ensure the safety of the patients. This may imply that 
observations will continue beyond the last planned visit per protocol, and that additional 
investigations may be requested by the monitoring team up to as noticed by the Sponsor.  
• 
When treatment is prematurely discontinued, the patient’s observations will continue until 
the end of the study as defined by the protocol for that patient. 
• 
Laboratory, vital signs or ECG abnormalities are to be recorded as AEs only if:  
- 
Leading to IMP discontinuation or modification of dosing, and/or, 
- 
Fulfilling a seriousness criterion, and/or, 
- 
Defined as an AESI. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 71 
Instructions for AE reporting are summarized in Table 8. 
10.4.3 Instructions for reporting serious adverse events 
In the case of occurrence of an SAE, the Investigator or any designees must immediately: 
• 
ENTER (within 24 hours) the information related to the SAE in the appropriate screens of 
the eCRF; the system will automatically send a notification to the monitoring team after 
approval of the Investigator within the eCRF or after a standard delay. 
• 
SEND (preferably by fax or e-mail) a photocopy of all examinations carried out and the 
dates on which these examinations were performed, to the representative of the monitoring 
team whose name, fax number, and email address appear on the clinical trial protocol. 
Care should be taken to ensure that the patient's identity is protected and the patient's 
identifiers in the clinical trial are properly mentioned on any copy of a source document 
provided to the Sponsor. For laboratory results, include the laboratory normal ranges. 
• 
All further data updates should be recorded in the eCRF as appropriate, and further 
documentation as well as additional information (for laboratory data, concomitant 
medications, patient status, etc) should be sent (by fax or e-mail) to the monitoring team 
within 24 hours of knowledge of the SAE. In addition, every effort should be made to 
further document any SAE that is fatal or life-threatening within a week (7 days) of the 
initial notification. 
• 
A back-up plan (using a paper CRF process) is available and should be used when the 
eCRF system does not work. 
Any SAE brought to the attention of the Investigator at any time after the end of the study for the 
patient and considered by him/her to be caused by the IMP with a reasonable possibility, should 
be reported to the monitoring team. 
10.4.4 Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest  
For AESIs, the Sponsor must be informed immediately (ie, within 24 hours), as per SAE 
notification guidelines described in Section 10.4.3, even if not fulfilling a seriousness criterion, 
using the corresponding pages of the CRF (to be sent) or screens in the eCRF. Instructions for AE 
reporting are summarized in Table 8. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 72 
Table 8 - Summary of adverse event reporting instructions 
Case Report Form completion 
Event 
category 
Reporting 
timeframe 
Specific events in this category 
AE form 
Safety  
Complementary 
Form 
Other 
specific 
forms 
Adverse Event 
(non-SAE, 
non-AESI) 
Routine 
Any AE that is not SAE or AESI 
Yes 
No 
No 
Serious Adverse 
Event (non-AESI 
or AESI) 
Expedited 
(within 24 hours) 
Any AE meeting seriousness criterion per 
Section 10.4.1.2 
Yes 
Yes 
No 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pregnancy 
Yes 
Yes 
Yes 
Adverse Event of 
Special Interest  
Expedited 
(within 24 hours) 
Symptomatic overdose 
Yes 
Yes 
No 
 
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR 
During the course of the study, the Sponsor will report in an expedited manner: 
• 
All SAEs that are both unexpected and at least reasonably related to the IMP (SUSAR), to 
the regulatory authorities, independent ethics committees (IECs)/institutional review 
boards (IRBs) as appropriate and to the Investigators. 
• 
All SAEs that are expected and at least reasonably related to the IMPs to the regulatory 
authorities, according to local regulations. 
• 
The following AESIs to those regulatory authorities who require such reporting: 
pregnancy, symptomatic overdose. 
Adverse events that are considered expected will be specified by the reference safety information.  
The Sponsor will report all safety observations made during the conduct of the trial in the clinical 
study report. 
10.6 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING 
All events will be managed and reported in compliance with all applicable regulations, and 
included in the final clinical study report. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 73 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
The material of this section of the Clinical Trial Protocol is the basis for the SAP for the study 
which will provide accurate definitions and detailed specifications for the analyses to be 
performed on the data collected from this study. 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE 
It is anticipated that approximately 63 patients will be enrolled into this study. 
This study is separated into 2 parts: 
Part 1: 
Each dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w will include in parallel 
14 patients overexpressing CA6. 
Based on efficacy and safety (including predefined safety criteria), 1 dose will be selected during 
the interim analysis at the end of the Part 1 if the futility criteria on ORR is not met and will be 
continued in Part 2. 
Part 2:  
Part 2a: An additional 15 patients overexpressing CA6 will be treated in the expansion cohort at 
the selected dose. 
Part 2b: In parallel, 20 patients will be treated at the selected dose in a mild CA6 expression 
cohort. 
11.1.1 Sample size determination for Part 1 and Part 2a 
The sample size calculation is based on efficacy criteria (ORR). 
A 2-stage design will be used for the selected dose. It is expected that a beneficial ORR under 
SAR566658 is of at least 30% (H1). An ORR of 12% (or less) will be considered as clinically non 
relevant (H0). On the basis of these assumptions, 29 treated patients at the selected dose at the end 
of Part 2a would be necessary to reject the null response rate of 12% with a global power of 80% 
and a 1-sided alpha level of 10%. The calculation takes into account 1 interim analysis using a 
gamma (-2) beta spending function for futility analysis and a Lan-DeMets (OF) alpha spending 
function in a 1 sample test for a binomial proportion. 
An interim analysis is planned in Part 1 after 14 patients are treated at each dose. If at least 
2 responses over the first 14 patients are observed, then 15 other patients will be treated in Part 2a 
at the selected dose, if the safety profile is tolerable. 
A total of 7 confirmed responses (CR or PR) or more out of 29 patients (14 patients from Part 1 
and 15 patients from Part 2a at the selected dose) will be necessary to reject the null hypothesis at 
the end of the Part 2a expansion cohort. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 74 
11.1.2 Sample size determination for the mild CA6 expression cohort (Part 2b) 
At the selected dose, the relationship between CA6 expression level and efficacy outcome will be 
assessed by adding a cohort of 20 patients with mild CA6 membrane staining (at least 1% positive 
tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity 2+, 3+). 
With a sample size of 20 patients, a true response rate above 15% can be rejected with 83% 
confidence if we observe 0 or 1 response. Moreover, if we observe 7 responses over the 
29 patients in the biomarker positive group (≥30%, 2+,3+) and ≤1 response in the mild CA6 
biomarker positive group (CA6 IHC = <30% 2+,3+ and ≥1%, ≥1+), the 1-sided p-value 
(according to Fisher’s exact test) will be around 7%, suggesting an association between biomarker 
status and ORR. 
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS 
The number of registered patients (patients who signed the informed consent) as well as the 
number and percentage of patients included in the analysis populations defined in Section 11.3 
will be provided.  
Reasons for treatment discontinuation will be summarized using the all treated/safety population. 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS 
Different analysis populations are described. The main populations are described below. 
An overview of the analysis populations is presented in Figure 1. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 75 
Figure 1 - Analysis population overview 
 
 
11.3.1 Safety population 
The all treated population consisting of patients who will actually receive at least 1 dose (or any 
partial) of SAR566658. This population is the primary population for the analyses of efficacy and 
safety parameters. 
11.3.2 Evaluable for predefined selection criteria population (Part 1) 
This population is only defined for Part 1. 
Patients evaluable for predefined selection criteria will be defined as patients treated in the study 
who have completed 2 cycles or who experienced predefined safety criteria (whatever the dose 
received). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 76 
11.3.3 Response evaluable population 
The response evaluable population will be defined as the patients of the all treated population, 
with measurable disease at study entry and with CA6 positivity according to the threshold defined 
in the relevant study part (Part 1 and Part 2a or Part 2b) and who had an evaluable response 
assessment during treatment (until 30 days after last SAR566658 administration). Treated patients 
who could not have a postbaseline tumor assessment because of early disease progression or early 
death due to progressive disease are also included in the response evaluable population. 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy endpoint will be performed on the response evaluable 
population. 
11.3.4 Preregistered population 
The preregistered population is defined as the patients who signed the prescreening informed 
consent for CA6 assay assessment of their archival biopsy. 
11.3.5 Registered population 
The registered population is defined as the patients who concomitantly fulfill the following 
requirements: 
• 
Signed screening informed consent for study participation. 
• 
CA6 assay assessment of their archival tumor biopsy showing CA6 positivity according to 
the threshold defined in the relevant study part (Part 1 and Part 2a or Part 2b). 
11.3.6 Enrolled population 
The enrolled population includes registered patients who concomitantly have all 
inclusion/exclusion criteria verified. In addition, in Part 1, patients also need confirmation of a 
successful allocation of a randomization number through the IVRS/IWRS in order to be enrolled. 
11.3.7 Pharmacokinetic population 
The PK population will include all patients who received at least 1 dose of SAR566658, even if 
incomplete, and have data for at least 1 valid PK parameter available. 
11.3.8 Evaluable population for immunogenicity 
The evaluable population for immunogenicity will include all patients with at least 1 sample 
drawn postbaseline after study drug infusion (on-treatment period or follow-up) that is appropriate 
for ATA testing (patients with missing ATA at baseline will be considered evaluable). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 77 
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
A list of study endpoints and their definitions are provided in Section 9. 
Data will be presented by dose level. Unless otherwise specified, analyses will be descriptive and 
performed based on the all treated population. The baseline for a given parameter is defined as the 
last assessment for this parameter before the first SAR566658 administration. 
Continuous data will be summarized using number of available data, mean, standard deviation, 
median, minimum, and maximum for each dose level. Categorical and ordinal data will be 
summarized using number and percentage of patients in each dose level. 
11.4.1 Analysis of demographic and baseline characteristics 
Standard demographic and baseline characteristics, medical/surgical history, cancer history 
including primary tumor type and histopathology type, time from first diagnosis to first study 
treatment administration, prior antitumor therapy and tumor characteristics (lesions location, 
number and type of organs involved), assessment of CA6 expression at study entry, and 
laboratory parameters (including hematology, coagulation, and blood chemistry) at baseline will 
be described. Results of ECG evaluations will also be described. 
Parameters will be summarized by dose level and overall using descriptive statistics. 
11.4.2 Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance 
The extent of IMP exposure and compliance will be assessed and summarized by dose level 
within the all treated population. 
11.4.2.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure 
The following variables will be calculated and summarized with descriptive statistics to describe 
exposure to SAR566658: 
• 
Number of cycles started and duration of exposure in weeks, defined as ([First day of last 
cycle – first day of first cycle + 21 days]/7). 
• 
Cumulative dose (in mg/m2), defined as the sum of all doses administered from first to last 
dose. 
• 
Actual dose intensity, defined as the cumulative dose divided by the number of weeks on 
study. 
• 
Relative dose intensity (in %), defined as the ratio of the actual dose intensity to the 
planned dose intensity. The relative dose intensity is an indicator of the feasibility of the 
chosen schedule of administration. 
• 
Cycle delays: a dose at Day 22 (Day 1 of next cycle) is deemed to have been delayed if the 
study treatment is ≥4 days beyond the theoretical day of treatment. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 78 
• 
Dose reduction: for the second and subsequent infusions, a dose is deemed to have been 
reduced if the dose level a patient receives differs from the previous actual dose level. The 
first infusion will not be counted for a reduction. 
• 
Infusion omission (Day 8): at a given infusion, dose omission will be considered if no drug 
is administered (dose=0 mg/m2). Number of dose omissions within a cycle will be equal to 
the difference between expected number of infusions and number infusions actually 
received.  
• 
Dose interruption: administration of SAR566658 infusion is temporarily stopped during 
the infusion. 
Dose information variables will be assessed for each patient and summarized descriptively 
(N, mean, standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum). Analyses will be performed 
based on the number of patients and on the number of cycles. 
11.4.3 Prior/concomitant medication/therapy 
The following parameters regarding prior anticancer therapy will be summarized: 
• 
For surgery and radiotherapy: time from last procedure to first infusion. 
• 
For chemotherapy, gene therapy, immunotherapy, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy: 
time from last administration to first infusion of the IMP. 
Medications will be summarized by treatment group according to the World Health Organization 
Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD), considering the first digit of the Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical 
(ATC) class (anatomic category) and the first 3 digits of the ATC class (therapeutic category). All 
ATC codes corresponding to a medication will be summarized. Patients will be counted once in 
each ATC category (anatomic or therapeutic) linked to the medication. 
Further treatment of interest for the analysis and given to the patient after withdrawal from IMP 
will be listed. 
11.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
11.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The primary efficacy endpoint (refer to Section 9.1.2) is the ORR defined as the proportion of 
patients confirmed a CR or PR as BOR according to RECIST 1.1, relative to the total number of 
patients in the response evaluable population. 
The ORR will be estimated and provided with its 80% CI using an exact method.  
The primary efficacy analyses will be performed on the all treated population and sensitivity 
analyses on the response evaluable population. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 79 
11.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints 
The DCR (refer to Section 9.2) will be summarized with descriptive statistics. Confidence 
intervals at 95% will be computed using an exact method. 
The median DOR, PFS, and TTP (refer to Section 9.2) with 95% CI will be analyzed using 
Kaplan-Meier methods. 
11.4.4.3 Analyses between CA6 expression level and efficacy endpoint 
The relationship between circulating CA6 at baseline, CA6 tumor expression level by IHC at 
baseline (Hscore, % staining cells at intensity 2+/3+), and BOR parameters (responders versus 
non responders) or tumor shrinkage will be explored. Logistic regression or log-linear 
multivariate analyses (depending on the endpoints) might be performed. 
11.4.4.4 Multiplicity considerations 
No adjustment for multiplicity linked to the selection of dose will be done. 
11.4.5 Analyses of safety data 
All safety analyses will be performed on the all treated population. 
The safety analysis will be based on the reported AEs and other safety information, such as 
clinical laboratory data, vital signs, and ECG (see Section 9.2.2). 
11.4.5.1 Observation period 
The observation period will be divided into 3 periods: 
• 
The screening period is defined as the time from the signed informed consent date up to 
the first treatment administration. 
• 
The treatment period is defined as the time from the first treatment administration to the 
last treatment administration +30 days. 
• 
The posttreatment period is defined as the period of time starting the day after the end of 
the treatment period. 
11.4.5.2 Predefined selection criteria 
Predefined selection criteria will be summarized by dose level during the first 2 cycles, but also at 
subsequent cycles. Details will be provided (characteristics of predefined selection criteria) by 
patient (see Section 9.1.1). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 80 
11.4.5.3 Adverse events 
Adverse events will be graded according to the NCI CTCAE v4.03 (and classified by SOC/PT) 
according to the latest available version of the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA) dictionary. 
Adverse event observation period 
• 
Pretreatment AEs are defined as any AE reported during the screening period. 
• 
TEAEs are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious during the treatment 
period. 
• 
Posttreatment AEs are AEs that developed or worsened or became serious during the 
posttreatment period. 
The grade will be taken into account in the summary. For patients with multiple occurrences of 
the same PT, the maximum grade will be used. 
The primary focus of AE reporting will be the TEAEs. Posttreatment AEs will be described 
separately. 
Treatment-emergent adverse events will be summarized with the number and percentage of 
patients with AEs, classified by MedDRA PT and intensity as graded by the NCI CTCAE v4.03. 
Adverse event incidence tables will present the number (n) and percentage (%) of patients 
experiencing an AE by primary SOC, high level group term (HLGT), high level term (HLT), and 
PT, sorted by the SOC internationally agreed order. The other levels (HLGT, HLT, and PT) will 
be presented in alphabetic order. 
The following TEAE summaries will be generated for the all treated population: 
• 
Overview of TEAEs, summarizing number (%) of patients with any: 
- 
TEAE, 
- 
Grade ≥3 TEAE, 
- 
Grade 3 to 4 TEAE,  
- 
Grade 5 TEAE (any TEAE with a fatal outcome during the treatment period), 
- 
Serious TEAE, 
- 
TEAE leading to treatment discontinuation. 
• 
In addition, an overview of Grade 5 AEs will be provided summarizing number (%) of 
patients with any: 
- 
Grade 5 AE (TEAE and posttreatment), 
- 
Fatal TEAE, 
- 
Grade 5 TEAE (TEAE with a fatal outcome during the treatment period), 
- 
Any grade TEAE with a fatal outcome during the posttreatment period, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 81 
- 
Posttreatment Grade 5 AE (excluding a TEAE that worsened to Grade 5 during the 
posttreatment period). 
11.4.5.4 Deaths 
The following summaries of deaths will be generated: 
• 
Number (%) of patients who died by study period (screening, treatment, posttreatment) 
and reasons for death (disease progression, AE, or other reason). 
• 
Deaths in nonenrolled patients or enrolled but not treated patients. 
• 
All TEAEs leading to death by primary SOC and PT showing number (%) of patients. 
11.4.5.5 Analyses of laboratory safety variables 
Clinical laboratory values will be analyzed after conversion into standard international units. 
Clinical laboratory parameters will be graded according to the NCI CTCAE v4.03 scale, when 
applicable, and analyzed according to the out-of-normal laboratory range value, when the 
NCI CTCAE scale is not applicable. 
The number of patients with abnormal laboratory tests at baseline (Grade ≥1) will be presented by 
grade. The frequency of patients in each grade of laboratory test during treatment will be 
summarized. For patients with multiple occurrences of the same laboratory variable during the 
on-treatment period, the maximum grade (worst) per patient will be used. The denominator used 
for the percentage calculation is the number of patients with at least 1 evaluation of the laboratory 
test during the considered observation period. 
When the NCI CTCAE v4.03 scale is not applicable, the number of patients with a 
treatment-emergent out-of-normal laboratory range value will be displayed. 
11.4.5.6 Analyses of vital signs variables 
For blood pressure (systolic, diastolic), temperature, weight, and BSA, a descriptive table will be 
provided with the last and worst (highest and lowest) evaluations: raw data and changes from 
baseline. 
For ECOG PS, a shift table reporting the last and worst evaluations respective to baseline will be 
provided. 
11.4.5.7 Immunogenicity 
Analyses will be performed on the evaluable population for immunogenicity. 
The immunogenicity for SAR566658 will be assessed by summarizing the number and the 
percentage of patients with ATA positive or negative status at baseline. In addition, ATA titers 
will be summarized using descriptive statistics by dose level. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 82 
11.4.5.8 Analyses of other safety variables 
Number (%) of patients with an ECG abnormality at baseline and/or at any postbaseline time 
points will be presented according to the baseline status. 
11.4.6 Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables 
Plasma concentrations of SAR566658, naked huDS6 (SAR404461) and unconjugated 
maytansinoids (DM4 and Me-DM4) will be summarized using arithmetic and geometric means, 
standard deviation, standard error of the mean, coefficient of variation, minimum, median, and 
maximum by theoretical sampling time (PXX). Allowed time windows will be specified in a 
separate document. 
Plasma concentrations of SAR566658, naked huDS6 (SAR404461) and unconjugated 
maytansinoids (DM4 and Me-DM4) will be used for population PK analysis using a nonlinear 
mixed-effects modelling approach. Additional details of the analysis plan will be provided in a 
separate document. This analysis will involve an estimation of interpatient PK variability, 
population PK parameter estimates, and the assessments of patho-physiologic covariate effects on 
clearance and possibly on volume, if warranted. Empirical Bayesian estimation of individual PK 
model parameters and of individual exposure parameters of interest (such as Cmax and AUC) will 
also be performed. Those estimates will then be investigated as prognostic factors for clinical 
outcome including safety and efficacy endpoints, if possible. 
Previous PK data collected in other clinical studies such as TED10499, in which intensive blood 
sampling protocols were used, may be considered to help in model building. 
Full details of the analyses of PK variables will be reported in a standalone population PK report. 
11.4.7 Exploratory analyses on biomarkers 
11.4.7.1 Predictive markers of response 
 
 Analyses will be performed to explore the relationship between 
these markers and treatment efficacy (ORR, tumor shrinkage) in the all treated population. 
Covariates as number of prior lines will be taken into consideration in interpreting the treatment 
efficacy observed in the all treated population. 
Further analyses will be described in the SAP. 
11.4.7.2 Pharmacodynamics biomarkers on posttreatment samples 
 
Further analyses will be described in the SAP. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 83 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
Interim analyses of efficacy, safety, and other data will be performed after 14 patients are treated 
at each dose level at the end of Part 1. These interim analyses are planned to occur when all 
patients have completed at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed 
objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason. However, if the futility criteria of 
2 responders is either met or not met with certainty for both arms when all patients have 
completed 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or 
discontinued the study for any reason, the analyses may be conducted at that time instead. 
Enrollment will be interrupted after completion of enrollment in Part 1, until completion of the 
Part 1 interim analysis. 
An interim analysis based on efficacy will be performed to assess futility (to reject early the 
hypothesis that the response rate is 30%). If there is 0 or 1 response (CR or PR) in the first 
14 patients treated at each dose, the 7.1% critical boundary is not met and the alternative 
hypothesis of at least 30% will be rejected. If the critical boundary of 7.1% is reached 
(2 responses or more), the study can continue in Part 2 at the selected dose. 
At the same interim analysis, overwhelming efficacy will be assessed (to reject early that the 
response rate is less than or equal to 12%). If there are 6 responses or more in the first 14 patients 
treated at 1 dose, the critical boundary of 42.9% (1-sided nominal significance level of 1.8%) is 
reached and the null hypothesis of 12% will be rejected. 
Overall, this procedure has 80% statistical power (1-sided alpha level of 10%) to reject the null 
hypothesis, using a gamma (-2) beta spending function for futility analysis and a Lan-DeMets 
(OF) alpha spending function in a 1 sample test for a binomial proportion (East version 6.3 using 
exact computations, Cytel Software, Cambridge, MA). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 84 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS 
This clinical trial will be conducted by the Sponsor, the Investigator, and delegated Investigator 
staff and Subinvestigator, in accordance with consensus ethics principles derived from 
international ethics guidelines, including the Declaration of Helsinki, and the ICH guidelines for 
good clinical practice (GCP), all applicable laws, rules and regulations. 
This clinical trial will be recorded in a free, publicly accessible, internet-based registry, no later 
than 21 days after the first patient enrollment, in compliance with applicable regulatory 
requirements and with Sanofi public disclosure commitments. 
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT 
The Investigator (according to applicable regulatory requirements), or a person designated by the 
Investigator, and under the Investigator’s responsibility, should fully inform the patient of all 
pertinent aspects of the clinical trial including the written information giving approval/favorable 
opinion by the ethics committee (IRB/IEC). All participants should be informed to the fullest 
extent possible about the study, in language and terms they are able to understand. 
Prior to a patient’s participation in the clinical trial, the written informed consent form should be 
signed, name filled in and personally dated by the patient or by the patient’s legally acceptable 
representative, and by the person who conducted the informed consent discussion. A copy of the 
signed and dated written informed consent form will be provided to the patient.  
The informed consent form used by the Investigator for obtaining the patient's informed consent 
must be reviewed and approved by the Sponsor prior to submission to the appropriate ethics 
committee (IRB/IEC) for approval/favorable opinion. 
12.3 
HEALTH AUTHORITIES AND INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT 
ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC)  
As required by local regulation, the Investigator or the Sponsor must submit this clinical trial 
protocol to the health authorities (competent regulatory authority) and the appropriate IRB/IEC, 
and is required to forward to the respective other party a copy of the written and dated 
approval/favorable opinion signed by the chairman with IRB/IEC composition. 
The clinical trial (study number, clinical trial protocol title, and version number), the documents 
reviewed (clinical trial protocol, informed consent form, Investigator’s Brochure with any 
addenda or labeling documents [summary of product characteristics, package insert], 
Investigator’s curriculum vitae, etc) and the date of the review should be clearly stated on the 
written (IRB/IEC) approval/favorable opinion. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 85 
The IMP will not be released at the study site and the Investigator will not start the study before 
the written and dated approval/favorable opinion is received by the Investigator and the Sponsor. 
During the clinical trial, any amendment or modification to the clinical trial protocol should be 
submitted to the health authorities (competent regulatory authority), as required by local 
regulation, in addition to the IRB/IEC before implementation, unless the change is necessary to 
eliminate an immediate hazard to the patients, in which case the health authorities (competent 
regulatory authority) and the IRB/IEC should be informed as soon as possible. They should also 
be informed of any event likely to affect the safety of patients or the continued conduct of the 
clinical trial, in particular any change in safety. All updates to the Investigator’s Brochure or 
labeling information, will be sent to the IRB/IEC and to health authorities (competent regulatory 
authority), as required by local regulation. 
A progress report is sent to the IRB/IEC at least annually and a summary of the clinical trial’s 
outcome at the end of the clinical trial.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 86 
13 
STUDY MONITORING 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S) 
The Investigator is required to ensure compliance with all procedures required by the clinical trial 
protocol and with all study procedures provided by the Sponsor (including security rules). The 
Investigator agrees to provide reliable data and all information requested by the clinical trial 
protocol (with the help of the eCRF, Discrepancy Resolution Form, or other appropriate 
instrument) in an accurate and legible manner according to the instructions provided and to ensure 
direct access to source documents by Sponsor representatives. 
If any circuit includes transfer of data, particular attention should be paid to the confidentiality of 
the patient's data to be transferred. 
The Investigator may appoint such other individuals as he/she may deem appropriate as 
Subinvestigators to assist in the conduct of the clinical trial in accordance with the clinical trial 
protocol. All Subinvestigators shall be appointed and listed in a timely manner. The 
Subinvestigators will be supervised by and work under the responsibility of the Investigator. The 
Investigator will provide them with a copy of the clinical trial protocol and all necessary 
information. 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR 
The Sponsor of this clinical trial is responsible to regulatory authorities for taking all reasonable 
steps to ensure the proper conduct of the clinical trial as regards ethics, clinical trial protocol 
compliance, and integrity and validity of the data recorded on the CRFs. Thus, the main duty of 
the monitoring team is to help the Investigator and the Sponsor maintain a high level of ethical, 
scientific, technical, and regulatory quality in all aspects of the clinical trial. 
At regular intervals during the clinical trial, the site will be contacted, through monitoring visits, 
letters, or telephone calls, by a representative of the monitoring team to review study progress, 
Investigator and patient compliance with clinical trial protocol requirements, and any emergent 
problems. These monitoring visits will include, but not be limited to, review of the following 
aspects: patient informed consent, patient recruitment and follow-up, SAE documentation and 
reporting, AESI documentation and reporting, AE documentation, IMP allocation, patient 
compliance with the IMP regimen, IMP accountability, concomitant therapy use, and quality of 
data. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 87 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 
According to the ICH GCP, the monitoring team must check the eCRF entries against the source 
documents, except for the pre-identified source data directly recorded in the eCRF. The informed 
consent form will include a statement by which the patient allows the Sponsor’s duly authorized 
personnel, the ethics committee (IRB/IEC), and the regulatory authorities to have direct access to 
original medical records which support the data on the CRFs (eg, patient’s medical file, 
appointment books, original laboratory records, etc). These personnel, bound by professional 
secrecy, must maintain the confidentiality of all personal identity or personal medical information 
(according to confidentiality and personal data protection rules). 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST 
It is the responsibility of the Investigator to maintain adequate and accurate CRFs (according to 
the technology used) designed by the Sponsor to record (according to Sponsor instructions) all 
observations and other data pertinent to the clinical investigation in a timely manner. All CRFs 
should be completed in their entirety in a neat, legible manner to ensure accurate interpretation of 
data. 
Should a correction be made, the corrected information will be entered in the eCRF overwriting 
the initial information. An audit trail allows identifying the modification.  
Data are available within the system to the Sponsor as soon as they are entered in the eCRF. 
The computerized handling of the data by the Sponsor may generate additional requests 
(Discrepancy Resolution Form) to which the Investigator is obliged to respond by confirming or 
modifying the data questioned. The requests with their responses will be managed through the 
eCRF. 
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS 
The complete list of computerized systems used for the study is provided in a separate document 
which is maintained in the Sponsor and Investigator study files. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 88 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE 
A current copy of the curriculum vitae describing the experience, qualification and training of 
each Investigator and Subinvestigator will be signed, dated and provided to the Sponsor prior to 
the beginning of the clinical trial. 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES 
The Investigator must maintain confidential all study documentation, and take measures to 
prevent accidental or premature destruction of these documents. 
The Investigator should retain the study documents for at least 15 years after the completion or 
discontinuation of the clinical trial. 
However, applicable regulatory requirements should be taken into account in the event that a 
longer period is required. 
The Investigator must notify the Sponsor prior to destroying any study essential documents 
following the clinical trial completion or discontinuation. 
If the Investigator’s personal situation is such that archiving can no longer be ensured by him/her, 
the Investigator shall inform the Sponsor and the relevant records shall be transferred to a 
mutually agreed upon designee. 
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY 
All information disclosed or provided by the Sponsor (or any company/institution acting on their 
behalf), or produced during the clinical trial, including, but not limited to, the clinical trial 
protocol, personal data in relation to the patients, the CRFs, the Investigator’s Brochure, and the 
results obtained during the course of the clinical trial, is confidential, prior to the publication of 
results. The Investigator and any person under his/her authority agree to undertake to keep 
confidentiality and not to disclose the information to any third party without the prior written 
approval of the Sponsor. 
However, the submission of this clinical trial protocol and other necessary documentation to the 
ethics committee (IRB/IEC) is expressly permitted, the IRB/IEC members having the same 
obligation of confidentiality. 
The Subinvestigators shall be bound by the same obligation as the Investigator. The Investigator 
shall inform the Subinvestigators of the confidential nature of the clinical trial. 
The Investigator and the Subinvestigators shall use the information solely for the purposes of the 
clinical trial, to the exclusion of any use for their own or for a third party’s account. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 89 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS 
All information, documents, and IMP provided by the Sponsor or its designee are and remain the 
sole property of the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall not, and shall cause the delegated Investigator staff /Subinvestigator not to, 
mention any information or the Product in any application for a patent or for any other intellectual 
property rights. 
All the results, data, documents, and inventions, which arise directly or indirectly from the clinical 
trial in any form, shall be the immediate and exclusive property of the Sponsor. 
The Sponsor may use or exploit all the results at its own discretion, without any limitation to its 
property right (territory, field, continuance). The Sponsor shall be under no obligation to patent, 
develop, market, or otherwise use the results of the clinical trial. 
As the case may be, the Investigator and/or the Subinvestigators shall provide all assistance 
required by the Sponsor, at the Sponsor’s expense, for obtaining and defending any patent, 
including signature of legal documents. 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION 
• 
The patient’s personal data, which are included in the Sponsor database, shall be treated in 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. 
• 
When archiving or processing personal data pertaining to the Investigator and/or to the 
patients, the Sponsor shall take all appropriate measures to safeguard and prevent access to 
this data by any unauthorized third party. 
• 
The Sponsor also collects specific data regarding Investigators as well as personal data 
from any person involved in the study which may be included in the Sponsor’s databases, 
and shall be treated by both the Sponsor and the Investigator in compliance with all 
applicable laws and regulations. 
Subject race or ethnicity will be collected in this study for patients in the US only because these 
data are required by the FDA. 
The data collected in this study will only be used for the purpose(s) of the study and to document 
the evaluation of the benefit/risk ratio, efficacy, and safety of the product(s). They may be further 
processed if they have been anonymized. 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION 
The Sponsor certifies that it has taken out a liability insurance policy covering all clinical trials 
under its sponsorship. This insurance policy is in accordance with local laws and requirements. 
The insurance of the Sponsor does not relieve the Investigator and the collaborators from any 
obligation to maintain their own liability insurance policy. An insurance certificate will be 
provided to the IECs/IRBs or regulatory authorities in countries requiring this document. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 90 
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES 
For the purpose of ensuring compliance with the clinical trial protocol, GCP, and applicable 
regulatory requirements, the Investigator should permit auditing by or on the behalf of the 
Sponsor and inspection by regulatory authorities. 
The Investigator agrees to allow the auditors/inspectors to have direct access to his/her study 
records for review, being understood that these personnel are bound by professional secrecy, and 
as such will not disclose any personal identity or personal medical information. 
The Investigator will make every effort to help with the performance of the audits and inspections, 
giving access to all necessary facilities, data, and documents. 
As soon as the Investigator is notified of a planned inspection by the authorities, he will inform 
the Sponsor and authorize the Sponsor to participate in this inspection. 
The confidentiality of the data verified and the protection of the patients should be respected 
during these inspections. 
Any result and information arising from the inspections by the regulatory authorities will be 
immediately communicated by the Investigator to the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall take appropriate measures required by the Sponsor to take corrective 
actions for all problems found during the audit or inspections. 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE 
14.8.1 By the Sponsor  
The Sponsor has the right to terminate the participation of either an individual site or the study at 
any time, for any reason, including but not limited to the following:  
• 
The information on the product leads to doubt as to the benefit/risk ratio. 
• 
Patient enrollment is unsatisfactory. 
• 
The Investigator has received from the Sponsor all IMP, means, and information necessary 
to perform the clinical trial and has not included any patient after a reasonable period of 
time mutually agreed upon. 
• 
Noncompliance of the Investigator or Subinvestigator, delegated staff with any provision 
of the clinical trial protocol, and breach of the applicable laws and regulations or breach of 
the ICH GCP. 
• 
The total number of patients are included earlier than expected. 
In any case the Sponsor will notify the Investigator of its decision by written notice. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 91 
14.8.2 By the Investigator 
The Investigator may terminate his/her participation upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice if 
the study site or the Investigator for any reason becomes unable to perform or complete the 
clinical trial. 
In the event of premature discontinuation of the study or premature close-out of a site, for any 
reason whatsoever, the appropriate IRB/IEC and regulatory authorities should be informed 
according to applicable regulatory requirements. 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS 
The Sponsor will be responsible for preparing a clinical study report and to provide a summary of 
study results to the Investigator. 
14.10 PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 
The Investigator undertakes not to make any publication or release pertaining to the study and/or 
results of the study prior to the Sponsor’s written consent, being understood that the Sponsor will 
not unreasonably withhold its approval. 
As the study is being conducted at multiple sites, the Sponsor agrees that, consistent with 
scientific standards, a primary presentation or publication of the study results based on global 
study outcomes shall be sought. However, if no multicenter publication is submitted, underway, 
or planned within twelve (12) months of the completion of this study at all sites, the Investigator 
shall have the right to publish or present independently the results of this study in agreement with 
other Investigators and stakeholders. The Investigator shall provide the Sponsor with a copy of 
any such presentation or publication for review and comment at least 30 days in advance of any 
presentation or submission for publication. In addition, if requested by the Sponsor, any 
presentation or submission for publication shall be delayed for a limited time, not to exceed 
90 days, to allow for filing of a patent application or such other justified measures as the Sponsor 
deems appropriate to establish and preserve its proprietary rights. 
The Investigator shall not use the name(s) of the Sponsor and/or its employees in advertising or 
promotional material or publication without the prior written consent of the Sponsor. The Sponsor 
shall not use the name(s) of the Investigator and/or the collaborators in advertising or promotional 
material or publication without having received his/her and/or their prior written consent(s). 
The Sponsor has the right at any time to publish the results of the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 92 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS 
All appendices attached hereto and referred to herein are made part of this clinical trial protocol. 
The Investigator should not implement any deviation from, or changes to the clinical trial protocol 
without agreement by the Sponsor and prior review and documented approval/favorable opinion 
from the IRB/IEC and/or notification/approval of health authorities (competent regulatory 
authority) of an amendment, as required by local regulation, except where necessary to eliminate 
an immediate hazard(s) to clinical trial patients, or when the change(s) involves only logistical or 
administrative aspects of the trial. Any change agreed upon will be recorded in writing, the 
written amendment will be signed by the Investigator and by the Sponsor and the signed 
amendment will be filed with this clinical trial protocol. 
Any amendment to the clinical trial protocol requires written approval/favorable opinion by the 
IRB/IEC prior to its implementation, unless there are overriding safety reasons. 
In case of substantial amendment to the clinical trial protocol, approval from the health authorities 
(competent regulatory authority) will be sought before implementation. 
In some instances, an amendment may require a change to the informed consent form. The 
Investigator must receive an IRB/IEC approval/favorable opinion concerning the revised informed 
consent form prior to implementation of the change and patient signature should be re-collected if 
necessary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 93 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES 
1. Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts J,  Schwartz LH, Sargent D, Ford R, et al. New response 
evaluation criteria in solid tumours: revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Eur J Cancer. 
2009;45:228-47. 
2. Wolff AC, Hammond ME, Hicks DG, Dowsett M, McShane LM, Allison KH, et al. 
Recommendations for human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 testing in breast cancer: 
American Society of Clinical Oncology/College of American Pathologists clinical practice 
guideline update. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31:3997-4013. 
3. Swain SM. Triple-negative breast cancer: metastatic risk and role of platinum agents. Paper 
presented at: 44th Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology; May 30-
June 3, 2008; Chicago, IL. 
4. Trivers KF, Lund MJ, Porter PL, Liff JM, Flagg EW, Coates RJ, et al. The epidemiology of 
triple-negative breast cancer, including race. Cancer Causes Control. 2009;20:1071-82. 
5. Eaton JS, Miller PE, Mannis MJ, Murphy CJ. Ocular adverse events associated with antibody-
drug conjugates in human clinical trials. J Ocul Pharmacol Ther. 2015;31:589-604.  
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 94 
17 
APPENDICES 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 95 
Appendix A 
Modified Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors 
(RECIST 1.1) 
Detailed information is provided in reference (1). 
Definitions 
At baseline, tumor lesions/lymph nodes will be categorized measurable or non-measurable as 
follows: 
Measurable: 
• 
Tumor lesions: Must be accurately measured in at least 1 dimension (longest diameter in 
the plane of measurement is to be recorded) with a minimum size of:  
- 
10 mm by CT scan (CT scan slice thickness no greater than 5 mm), 
- 
10 mm caliper measurement by clinical exam (lesions which cannot be accurately 
measured with calipers should be recorded as non-measurable), 
- 
20 mm by chest X-ray. 
• 
Malignant lymph nodes: To be considered pathologically enlarged and measurable, a 
lymph node must be ≥15 mm in short axis when assessed by CT scan (CT scan slice 
thickness recommended to be no greater than 5 mm). At baseline and in follow-up, only 
the short axis will be measured and followed (see Special Issue 15). See also notes below 
on “Baseline documentation of target and non-target lesions” for information on lymph 
node measurement. 
Non-measurable  
• 
All other lesions, including small lesions (longest diameter <10 mm or pathological lymph 
nodes with 10 to <15 mm short axis) as well as truly non-measurable lesions. Lesions 
considered truly non-measurable include: leptomeningeal disease, ascites, pleural or 
pericardial effusion, inflammatory breast disease, lymphangitic involvement of skin or 
lung, abdominal masses/abdominal organomegaly identified by physical exam that is not 
measurable by reproducible imaging techniques. 
Special considerations regarding lesion measurability 
Bone lesions, cystic lesions, and lesions previously treated with local therapy require particular 
comment: 
Bone lesions: 
• 
Bone scan, PET scan, or plain films are not considered adequate imaging techniques to 
measure bone lesions. However, these techniques can be used to confirm the presence or 
disappearance of bone lesions.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 96 
• 
Lytic bone lesions or mixed lytic-blastic lesions, with identifiable soft tissue components, 
that can be evaluated by cross sectional imaging techniques such as CT or MRI can be 
considered as measurable lesions if the soft tissue component meets the definition of 
measurability described above. 
• 
Blastic bone lesions are non-measurable. 
Cystic lesions: 
• 
Lesions that meet the criteria for radiographically defined simple cysts should not be 
considered as malignant lesions (neither measurable nor non-measurable) since they are, 
by definition, simple cysts.  
• 
‘Cystic lesions’ thought to represent cystic metastases can be considered as measurable 
lesions, if they meet the definition of measurability described above. However, if 
noncystic lesions are present in the same patient, these are preferred for selection as target 
lesions. 
Lesions with prior local treatment: 
• 
Tumor lesions situated in a previously irradiated area, or in an area subjected to other  
loco-regional therapy, are usually not considered measurable unless there has been 
demonstrated progression in the lesion. Study protocols should detail the conditions under 
which such lesions would be considered measurable. 
Methods of measurement 
• Measurement of lesions. 
All measurements should be recorded in metric notation, using calipers if clinically 
assessed. All baseline evaluations should be performed as close as possible to the 
treatment start and never more than 4 weeks before the beginning of the treatment. 
• Method of assessment. 
The same method of assessment and the same technique should be used to characterize 
each identified and reported lesion at baseline and during follow-up. Imaging based 
evaluation should always be done rather than clinical examination unless the lesion(s) 
being followed cannot be imaged but are assessable by clinical exam.  
- 
Clinical lesions: Clinical lesions will only be considered measurable when they are 
superficial and 10 mm diameter as assessed using calipers (eg, skin nodules). For the 
case of skin lesions, documentation by color photography including a ruler to estimate 
the size of the lesion is suggested. As noted above, when lesions can be evaluated by 
both clinical exam and imaging, imaging evaluation should be undertaken since it is 
more objective and may also be reviewed at the end of the study, 
- 
Chest X-ray: Chest CT is preferred over chest X-ray, particularly when progression is 
an important endpoint, since CT is more sensitive than X-ray, particularly in 
identifying new lesions. However, lesions on chest X-ray may be considered 
measurable if they are clearly defined and surrounded by aerated lung, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 97 
- 
CT, MRI: CT is the best currently available and reproducible method to measure 
lesions selected for response assessment. This guideline has defined measurability of 
lesions on CT scan based on the assumption that CT slice thickness is 5 mm or less. 
When CT scans have slice thickness greater than 5 mm, the minimum size for a 
measurable lesion should be twice the slice thickness. MRI is also acceptable in certain 
situations (eg, for body scans), 
- 
Ultrasound: Ultrasound is not useful in assessment of lesion size and should not be 
used as a method of measurement. Ultrasound examinations cannot be reproduced in 
their entirety for independent review at a later date and, because they are operator 
dependent, it cannot be guaranteed that the same technique and measurements will be 
taken from one assessment to the next. If new lesions are identified by ultrasound in 
the course of the study, confirmation by CT or MRI is advised. If there is concern 
about radiation exposure at CT, MRI may be used instead of CT in selected instances, 
- 
Endoscopy, laparoscopy: The utilization of these techniques for objective tumor 
evaluation is not advised. However, they can be useful to confirm complete 
pathological response when biopsies are obtained or to determine relapse in trials 
where recurrence following complete response or surgical resection is an endpoint, 
- 
Tumor markers: Tumor markers alone cannot be used to assess objective tumor 
response. If markers are initially above the upper normal limit, however, they must 
normalize for a patient to be considered in complete response. Specific guidelines for 
both CA-125 response (in recurrent ovarian cancer) and PSA response (in recurrent 
prostate cancer), have been published. In addition, the Gynecologic Cancer Intergroup 
has developed CA125 progression criteria which are to be integrated with objective 
tumor assessment for use in first-line trials in ovarian cancer, 
- 
Cytology, histology: These techniques can be used to differentiate between PR and CR 
in rare cases if required by protocol (for example, residual lesions in tumor types such 
as germ cell tumors, where known residual benign tumors can remain). When 
effusions are known to be a potential adverse effect of treatment (eg, with certain 
taxane compounds or angiogenesis inhibitors), the cytological confirmation of the 
neoplastic origin of any effusion that appears or worsens during treatment can be 
considered if the measurable tumor has met criteria for response or SD in order to 
differentiate between response (or SD) and progressive disease, 
Tumor response evaluation 
To assess objective response or future progression, it is necessary to estimate the overall tumor 
burden at baseline and use this as a comparator for subsequent measurements. Only patients with 
measurable disease at baseline should be included in protocols where objective tumor response is 
the primary endpoint. Measurable disease is defined by the presence of at least 1 measurable 
lesion. In studies where the primary endpoint is tumor progression (either time to progression or 
proportion with progression at a fixed date), the protocol must specify if entry is restricted to 
those with measurable disease or whether patients having non-measurable disease only are also 
eligible. 
For baseline documentation of target and non-target lesions in reference (1). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 98 
Response Criteria 
For special notes on the assessment of target and non-target lesions in reference (1). 
Table 1 
Evaluation of target lesions 
Complete Response (CR): 
Disappearance of all target lesions. Any pathological lymph nodes (whether target or non-target) 
must have reduction in short axis to <10 mm. 
Partial Response (PR): 
At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the 
baseline sum diameters. 
Progressive Disease (PD): 
At least a 20% increase in the sum of diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the 
smallest sum on study (this includes the baseline sum if that is the smallest on study). In addition 
to the relative increase of 20%, the sum must also demonstrate an absolute increase of at least 
5 mm. (Note: the appearance of one or more new lesions is also considered progression). 
Stable Disease (SD): 
Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increase to qualify for PD, taking as 
reference the smallest sum diameters while on study. 
 
Table 2 
Evaluation of non-target lesions 
Complete Response 
(CR): 
Disappearance of all non-target lesions and normalization of tumor marker level. All lymph nodes must 
be non-pathological in size (<10 mm short axis). 
Non-CR/non-PD:  
Persistence of one or more non-target lesion(s) and/or maintenance of tumor marker level above the 
normal limits. 
Progressive Disease 
(PD): 
Unequivocal progression (see comments below) of existing non-target lesions. (Note: the appearance of 
one or more new lesions is also considered progression). 
Although a clear progression of “non target” lesions only is exceptional, in such circumstances, the opinion of the treating 
physician should prevail and the progression status should be confirmed later on by the review panel (or study chair). 
 
New lesions: the appearance of new malignant lesions denotes disease progression in 
reference (1). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 99 
Evaluation of best overall response 
See reference (1). 
It is assumed that at each protocol specified time point, a response assessment occurs. The 
following table provides a summary of the overall response status calculation at each time point 
for patients who have measurable disease at baseline. 
The BOR is determined once all the data for the patient is known. 
Best response determination in trials where confirmation of CR or PR IS NOT required: Best 
response in these trials is defined as the best response across all time points (for example, a patient 
who has SD at first assessment, PR at second assessment, and PD on last assessment has a BOR 
of PR). When SD is believed to be best response, it must also meet the protocol specified 
minimum time from baseline. If the minimum time is not met when SD is otherwise the best time 
point response, the patient’s best response depends on the subsequent assessments. For example, a 
patient who has SD at first assessment, PD at second and does not meet minimum duration for 
SD, will have a best response of PD. The same patient lost to follow-up after the first SD 
assessment would be considered inevaluable. 
Best response determination in trials where confirmation of CR or PR IS required: CR or PR may 
be claimed only if the criteria for each are met at a subsequent time point as specified in the 
protocol (generally 4 weeks later). In this circumstance, the BOR can be interpreted as in Table 4. 
Table 3 
Target lesions 
Non-target lesions 
New lesions 
Overall response 
CR 
CR 
No 
CR 
CR 
Non-CR/non-PD 
No 
PR 
CR 
Not evaluated 
No 
PR 
PR 
Non-PD or not all evaluated 
No 
PR 
SD 
Non-PD or not all evaluated 
No 
SD 
Not all evaluated 
Non PD 
No 
NE 
PD 
Any 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
PD 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
Any 
Yes 
PD 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 100 
Table 4 
Overall response 
Overall response 
Best overall response 
First time point 
Subsequent time point 
 
CR 
CR 
CR 
CR 
PR 
SD, PD or PRa 
CR 
SD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
CR 
PD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
CR 
NE 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise NE 
PR 
CR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
SD 
SD 
PR 
PD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
PR 
NE 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise NE 
NE 
NE 
NE 
a If a CR is truly met at first time point, then any disease seen at a subsequent time point, even disease meeting PR criteria relative to 
baseline, makes the disease PD at that point (since disease must have reappeared after CR). Best response would depend on whether 
minimum duration for SD was met. However, sometimes ‘CR’ may be claimed when subsequent scans suggest small lesions were likely still 
present and in fact the patient had PR, not CR at the first time point. Under these circumstances, the original CR should be changed to PR 
and the best response is PR. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 101 
Appendix B 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status scale 
 
ECOG Performance Status Scale 
ECOG PS 
0 
Normal, fully functional 
ECOG PS 
1 
Fatigue without significant decrease in daily activity 
ECOG PS 
2 
Fatigue with significant impairment of daily activities or bed rest <50% of waking 
hours 
ECOG PS 
3 
Bed rest/sitting >50% of waking hours 
ECOG PS 
4 
Bedridden or unable to care for self 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 102 
Appendix C 
Guidance on contraceptive methods and collection of pregnancy 
information 
DEFINITIONS 
Nonreproductive potential 
1. Premenopausal female with 1 of the following: 
- 
Documented hysterectomy, 
- 
Documented bilateral salpingectomy, 
- 
Documented bilateral oophorectomy. 
2. Postmenopausal 
- 
A postmenopausal state is defined as no menses for 12 months without an alternative 
medical cause. A high follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) level in the postmenopausal 
range may be used to confirm a postmenopausal state in women not using hormonal 
contraception or hormonal replacement therapy (HRT). However, in the absence of 
12 months of amenorrhea, a single FSH measurement is insufficient.  
- 
Females on hormone replacement therapy (HRT) and whose menopausal status is in 
doubt will be required to use 1 of the highly effective contraception methods if they 
wish to continue their HRT during the study. Otherwise, they must discontinue HRT to 
allow confirmation of postmenopausal status before study enrolment. 
Reproductive potential (WOCBP) 
A woman is considered of reproductive potential (WOCBP), ie, fertile, following menarche and 
until becoming postmenopausal unless permanently sterile. Permanent sterilization methods 
include hysterectomy, bilateral salpingectomy and bilateral oophorectomy. 
CONTRACEPTIVE GUIDANCE 
Male subjects 
• 
Male subjects with heterosexual partners of reproductive potential (WOCBP) are eligible 
to participate if they agree to use the following during the protocol defined timeline: 
- 
Refrain from donating sperm, 
and 
- 
At least 1 of the following conditions applies: 
- 
Are and agree to remain abstinent from penile-vaginal intercourse on a long term 
and persistent basis, when this is their preferred and usual lifestyle.  
or 
- 
Agree to use a male condom plus an additional contraceptive method with a failure 
rate of <1% per year (see table for female subjects). 
• 
Men with a pregnant or breastfeeding partner must agree to remain abstinent from  
penile-vaginal intercourse or use a male condom for the time defined in the protocol 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 103 
Highly Effective Contraceptive Methods That Are User Dependent 
Failure rate of <1% per year when used consistently and correctlya 
• Combined (estrogen- and progestogen-containing) hormonal contraception associated with 
inhibition of ovulationb 
− Oral, 
− Intravaginal, 
− Transdermal. 
• Progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb 
− Oral, 
− Injectable. 
Highly Effective Methods That Are User Independent 
• Implantable progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb . 
• Intrauterine device (IUD). 
• Intrauterine hormone-releasing system (IUS). 
• Bilateral tubal occlusion. 
• Vasectomized partner. 
(Vasectomized partner is a highly effective contraceptive method provided that the partner is the 
sole sexual partner of the woman of childbearing potential and the absence of sperm has been 
confirmed. If not, an additional highly effective method(s) of contraception should be used. 
Spermatogenesis cycle is approximately 90 days.) 
• Sexual abstinence. 
(Sexual abstinence is considered a highly effective method only if defined as refraining from 
heterosexual intercourse during the entire period of risk associated with the study drug. The 
reliability of sexual abstinence needs to be evaluated in relation to the duration of the study and 
the preferred and usual lifestyle of the subject.) 
NOTES: 
a) Typical use failure rates may differ from those when used consistently and correctly. Use should be 
consistent with local regulations regarding the use of contraceptive methods for subjects 
participating in clinical studies. 
b) Hormonal contraception may be susceptible to interaction with the study drug, which may reduce 
the efficacy of the contraceptive method. In this case TWO highly effective methods of 
contraception should be used during the treatment period and for at least 6 months [corresponding 
to time needed to eliminate study treatment plus 30 days for study treatments with genotoxic 
potential] after the last dose of study treatment. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 104 
Female subjects: 
Highly Effective Contraceptive Methods That Are User Dependent 
Failure rate of <1% per year when used consistently and correctlya 
• Combined (estrogen- and progestogen-containing) hormonal contraception associated with 
inhibition of ovulationb 
− Oral, 
− Intravaginal, 
− Transdermal. 
• Progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb 
− Oral, 
− Injectable. 
Highly Effective Methods That Are User Independent 
• Implantable progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb . 
• Intrauterine device (IUD). 
• Intrauterine hormone-releasing system (IUS). 
• Bilateral tubal occlusion. 
• Vasectomized partner. 
(Vasectomized partner is a highly effective contraceptive method provided that the partner is the 
sole sexual partner of the woman of childbearing potential and the absence of sperm has been 
confirmed. If not, an additional highly effective method(s) of contraception should be used. 
Spermatogenesis cycle is approximately 90 days.) 
• Sexual abstinence. 
(Sexual abstinence is considered a highly effective method only if defined as refraining from 
heterosexual intercourse during the entire period of risk associated with the study drug. The 
reliability of sexual abstinence needs to be evaluated in relation to the duration of the study and 
the preferred and usual lifestyle of the subject.) 
NOTES: 
a) Typical use failure rates may differ from those when used consistently and correctly. Use should be 
consistent with local regulations regarding the use of contraceptive methods for subjects 
participating in clinical studies. 
b) Hormonal contraception may be susceptible to interaction with the study drug, which may reduce 
the efficacy of the contraceptive method. In this case TWO highly effective methods of 
contraception should be used during the treatment period and for at least 6 months [corresponding 
to time needed to eliminate study treatment plus 30 days for study treatments with genotoxic 
potential] after the last dose of study treatment. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 105 
 
COLLECTION OF PREGNANCY INFORMATION 
Male subjects with partners of reproductive potential who become pregnant  
• 
The Investigator will attempt to collect pregnancy information on any female partner of a 
male study subject who becomes pregnant while participating in this study. This applies 
only to subjects who receive study treatment. 
• 
After obtaining the necessary signed informed consent from the pregnant female partner 
directly, the Investigator will record pregnancy information on the appropriate form and 
submit it to the Sponsor within 24 hours of learning of the partner’s pregnancy.  
• 
Partner will also be followed to determine the outcome of the pregnancy. Information on 
the status of the mother and child will be forwarded to the Sponsor.  
• 
Generally, follow-up will be no longer than 6 to 8 weeks following the estimated delivery 
date. Any termination of the pregnancy will be reported regardless of fetal status (presence 
or absence of anomalies) or indication for procedure.  
Female subjects who become pregnant  
• 
The Investigator will collect pregnancy information on any female subject, who becomes 
pregnant while participating in this study.  
• 
Information will be recorded on the appropriate form and submitted to the Sponsor within 
24 hours of learning of a participant's pregnancy.  
• 
Participant will be followed to determine the outcome of the pregnancy. The Investigator 
will collect follow-up information on participant and neonate, which will be forwarded to 
the Sponsor. Generally, follow-up will not be required for longer than 6 to 8 weeks beyond 
the estimated delivery date.  
• 
Any termination of pregnancy will be reported, regardless of fetal status (presence or 
absence of anomalies) or indication for procedure.  
• 
While pregnancy itself is not considered to be an AE or SAE, any pregnancy complication 
or elective termination of a pregnancy will be reported as an AE or SAE.  
• 
A spontaneous abortion is always considered to be an SAE and will be reported as such. 
Any SAE occurring as a result of a post-study pregnancy which is considered reasonably related 
to the study treatment by the Investigator, will be reported to the Sponsor as described in 
Section 10.4.3. While the Investigator is not obligated to actively seek this information in former 
study subjects, he or she may learn of an SAE through spontaneous reporting.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 106 
Appendix D 
National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events 
Refer to NCI CTCAE v4.03 in the Study Reference Manual, or online at the following NCI 
website:  
http://ctep.cancer.gov/reporting/ctc.html 
1. 
Toxicity grade should reflect the most severe degree occurring during the evaluated 
period, not an average. 
2. 
When 2 criteria are available for similar toxicities, the one resulting in the more severe 
grade should be used. 
3. 
The evaluator must attempt to discriminate between disease/treatment and related 
signs/symptoms. 
4. 
An accurate baseline prior to therapy is essential. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 107 
Appendix E 
 Calculation of Cockcroft and Gault formula 
 
(140 – age [years] x body mass [kg]) 
Creatinine clearance = 
Plasma creatinine (mg/dL) x 72 
x
Gender correction factor
(male: 1.00; female: 0.85)
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol No. 01  
15-Dec-2016 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 108 
Appendix F 
List of strong CYP3A4 inhibitors 
Any treatment known to strongly inhibit CYP3A4 activities is not allowed within 2 weeks before 
or during the treatment period. 
List of CYP3A4 
inhibitors 
Precipitant 
therapeutic class 
Victima (oral, unless otherwise specified) 
AUC ratio 
Potent CYP3A4 inhibitors (yielding substrate AUC ratio  >5) 
telaprevirb 
Protease inhibitors 
tacrolimus/midazolam 
77.98/9.0 
indinavir/RIT 
Protease Inhibitors 
alfentanil 
36.5 
tipranavir/RITc 
Protease Inhibitors 
midazolam 
26.91 
ritonavir 
Protease Inhibitors 
midazolam 
26.41 
cobicistat (GS-9350) 
None 
midazolam 
19.03 
indinavir 
Protease Inhibitors 
vardenafil 
16.25 
ketoconazole 
Antifungals 
midazolam 
15.9 
troleandomycin 
Antibiotics 
midazolam 
14.8 
saquinavir/RIT 
Protease Inhibitors 
midazolam 
12.48 
itraconazole 
Antifungals 
midazolam 
10.8 
voriconazole 
Antifungals 
midazolam 
9.4 
mibefradil 
Calcium Channel Blockers 
midazolam 
8.86 
clarithromycin 
Antibiotics 
midazolam 
8.39 
lopinavir/RIT 
Protease Inhibitors 
aplaviroc 
7.71 
elvitegravir/RIT 
Treatments of AIDS 
midazolam IV 
6.8 
posaconazole 
Antifungals 
midazolam 
6.23 
nelfinavir 
Protease Inhibitors 
simvastatin 
6.07 
telithromycin 
Antibiotics 
midazolam 
6 
conivaptan 
Diuretics 
midazolam 
5.76 
nefazodone 
Antidepressants 
midazolam 
5.44 
boceprevir 
Protease Inhibitors 
midazolam 
5.3 
saquinavir 
Protease Inhibitors 
midazolam 
5.18 
a DDI studies with probe substrate midazolam were selected first. When no study with midazolam was available, the AUC ratio of another 
probe or sensitive substrate was chosen. 
b Telaprevir is also an inhibitor of P-gp. Data for fold increase in tacrolimus AUC found on Washington Database and for fold increase in 
midazolam AUC found on Drugs.com. 
c Tipranavir/ritonavir combination identified as potent CYP3A4 inhibitor in Washington Drug Interaction database www.druginteractioninfo.org 
but classified as weak inhibitor of CYP3A4 in vivo (AUC ratio ≥1.25 and <2). 
Internal sanofi data – updated June 2013. 
 
Abbreviations: AUC: area under the plasma concentration-time curve; DDI: drug-drug interaction; IV: intravenous; P-gp: P-glycoprotein; RIT: 
ritonavir 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES 
 
Signed by 
Meaning of Signature 
Server Date 
(dd-MMM-yyyy HH:mm) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACT14884 Amended Protocol 01
Regulatory Approval
16-Dec-2016 16:40 GMT+0100
Clinical Approval
16-Dec-2016 17:50 GMT+0100
Clinical Approval
19-Dec-2016 19:12 GMT+0100

SAP_001.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning direct 
or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity 
According to template: QSD-002643 VERSION 6.0 (06-JUL-2016) 
Page 1 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
Open-label Phase 2 study evaluating efficacy and safety of SAR566658 treatment 
in patients with CA6 positive metastatic Triple Negative Breast Cancer 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
STATISTICIAN: 
 
DATE OF ISSUE: 29-May-2018 
Total number of pages: 
82 
(electronic 1.0)
NCT Number: NCT02984683


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN....................................................................................................................1 
TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................................................................2 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS ..........................................................................5 
1 
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN.................................................................................6 
1.1 
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION ......................................................................................6 
1.2 
OBJECTIVES...................................................................................................................................8 
1.2.1 
Primary objectives............................................................................................................................8 
1.2.2 
Secondary objectives .......................................................................................................................8 
1.2.3 
Exploratory objectives ......................................................................................................................8 
1.3 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE.............................................................................................9 
1.3.1 
Sample size for Part 1 and Part 2a ..................................................................................................9 
1.3.2 
Sample size calculation....................................................................................................................9 
1.4 
STUDY PLAN.................................................................................................................................10 
1.5 
MODIFICATIONS TO THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL................................11 
1.6 
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN......................12 
2 
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES .....................................................................13 
2.1 
ANALYSIS ENDPOINTS................................................................................................................13 
2.1.1 
Demographic and baseline characteristics ....................................................................................13 
2.1.2 
Prior, concomitant or post treatment medications (other than anticancer therapies) ....................16 
2.1.3 
Efficacy endpoints ..........................................................................................................................16 
2.1.3.1 
Primary efficacy endpoint(s)...........................................................................................................16 
2.1.3.2 
Secondary efficacy endpoint(s)......................................................................................................17 
2.1.4 
Safety endpoints.............................................................................................................................20 
2.1.4.1 
Adverse events variables ...............................................................................................................20 
2.1.4.2 
Ocular examination ........................................................................................................................21 
2.1.4.3 
Deaths............................................................................................................................................21 
2.1.4.4 
Laboratory safety variables ............................................................................................................21 
2.1.4.5 
Vital signs variables........................................................................................................................22 
2.1.4.6 
Electrocardiogram variables...........................................................................................................23 
2.1.5 
Pharmacokinetic variables .............................................................................................................23 
2.1.6 
Immunogenicity endpoints .............................................................................................................23 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 3 
2.1.7 
Biomarkers.....................................................................................................................................25 
2.1.7.1 
Main biomarkers.............................................................................................................................25 
2.1.7.2 
Exploratory pharmacodynamic biomarker......................................................................................26 
2.1.7.3 
Other exploratory biomarkers.........................................................................................................26 
2.1.8 
Post-treatment therapy after discontinuation of investigational medicinal product 
administration during the study ......................................................................................................27 
2.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS .......................................................................................................27 
2.2.1 
Randomization irregularities...........................................................................................................29 
2.2.2 
Important deviations potentially impacting efficacy........................................................................30 
2.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS ...........................................................................................................30 
2.3.1 
Efficacy populations .......................................................................................................................30 
2.3.1.1 
All treated population......................................................................................................................31 
2.3.1.2 
Response evaluable population .....................................................................................................31 
2.3.2 
Safety population............................................................................................................................31 
2.3.3 
Evaluable for predefined safety criteria population (Part 1) ...........................................................31 
2.3.4 
Pharmacokinetic population...........................................................................................................31 
2.3.5 
Evaluable population for immunogenicity.......................................................................................31 
2.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS .............................................................................................................32 
2.4.1 
Demographics and baseline characteristics ..................................................................................32 
2.4.2 
Prior, concomitant and post treatment medications (other than anticancer therapies)..................32 
2.4.3 
Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure and compliance..........................................33 
2.4.3.1 
Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure ....................................................................33 
2.4.4 
Analyses of efficacy endpoints.......................................................................................................35 
2.4.4.1 
Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s).........................................................................................35 
2.4.4.2 
Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints .....................................................................................37 
2.4.4.3 
Multiplicity issues............................................................................................................................38 
2.4.5 
Analyses of safety data ..................................................................................................................38 
2.4.5.1 
Analyses of adverse events ...........................................................................................................39 
2.4.5.2 
Deaths............................................................................................................................................42 
2.4.5.3 
Analyses of ocular examinations....................................................................................................43 
2.4.5.4 
Analyses of laboratory variables ....................................................................................................43 
2.4.5.5 
Analyses of vital sign variables ......................................................................................................44 
2.4.5.6 
Analyses of electrocardiogram variables .......................................................................................45 
2.4.6 
Analyses of biomarkers..................................................................................................................45 
2.4.6.1 
Descriptive analyses ......................................................................................................................45 
2.4.6.2 
Analyses between biomarkers expression and efficacy endpoints................................................46 
2.4.7 
Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables..........................................................................................46 
2.4.8 
Analyses of immunogenicity variables ...........................................................................................47 
2.4.9 
Further therapy after discontinuation of investigational medicinal product administration 
during the study..............................................................................................................................47 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 4 
2.5 
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS...............................................................................................47 
2.5.1 
General conventions ......................................................................................................................47 
2.5.2 
Baseline values ..............................................................................................................................48 
2.5.3 
Data handling conventions for secondary efficacy variables..........................................................48 
2.5.4 
Missing data ...................................................................................................................................49 
2.5.5 
Windows for time points.................................................................................................................51 
2.5.6 
Unscheduled visits .........................................................................................................................51 
2.5.7 
Pooling of centers for statistical analyses ......................................................................................51 
2.5.8 
Statistical technical issues .............................................................................................................51 
3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS .....................................................................................................................52 
4 
DATABASE LOCK ........................................................................................................................53 
5 
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION..................................................................................................54 
6 
REFERENCES...............................................................................................................................55 
7 
LIST OF APPENDICES .................................................................................................................56 
APPENDIX A 
SPECIFICATION OF THE BAYESIAN DESIGN IN PART 1 ...............................................57 
APPENDIX B 
DETERMINATION OF TUMOR RESPONSE......................................................................70 
APPENDIX C 
MODIFIED RESPONSE EVALUATION CRITERIA IN SOLID TUMORS 
(RECIST 1.1)..................................................................................................................................72 
APPENDIX D 
SOC INTERNATIONALLY AGREED ORDER.....................................................................77 
APPENDIX E 
POTENTIALLY CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT ABNORMALITIES CRITERIA FOR 
VITAL SIGNS .................................................................................................................................78 
APPENDIX F 
DESCRIPTION OF PRIMARY AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSES OF PFS............................79 
APPENDIX G 
GENERIC RANGES FOR HEMATOLOGICAL AND BIOCHEMISTRY 
PARAMETERS...............................................................................................................................81 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 5 
 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
AT: 
all-treated 
ATA: 
antitherapeutic antibodies 
 
 
CR: 
complete response 
CT: 
computed tomography 
DCR: 
disease control rate 
DFS: 
disease free survival 
DOR: 
duration of response 
ECOG: 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
e-CRF: 
electronic case report form 
EOT: 
end-of-treatment 
FFPE: 
formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded 
FIH: 
first in human 
IHC: 
immunohistochemistry 
IMP: 
investigational medicinal product 
INR: 
international normalized ratio 
IVRS: 
interactive voice response system 
LDH: 
lactate dehydrogenase 
MedDRA: 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
NCI-CTCAE: 
National Cancer Institute - Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
NE: 
not evaluable 
ORR: 
objective response rate 
PCSA: 
potentially clinically significant abnormality 
PFS: 
progression-free survival 
PR: 
Partial response 
PS: 
performance status 
PT: 
preferred term 
RECIST: 
response evaluation criteria in solid tumors 
SD: 
stable disease 
SOC: 
system organ class 
TEAE: 
treatment emergent adverse event 
TNBC: 
triple negative breast cancer 
TTP: 
time to progression 
WHO-DD: 
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 6 
 
1 
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN 
1.1 
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION 
This is an open-label, multicenter, Phase II study evaluating the efficacy and safety of SAR566658 
administered as a single agent via intravenous infusion in patients with CA6-positive metastatic 
triple negative breast cancer (TNBC) tumors after at least 1 prior chemotherapy regimen, but no 
more than 3 for advanced/metastatic disease. 
The study will be performed in 2 parts. 
Part1: Selection of the dose  
Patients with metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of 
tumor cells) will be randomized to either the 90 mg/m2 or the 120 mg/m2 cohort, both given at 
Day 1 and Day 8 of each 3-week cycle. Patients randomized but not treated will be replaced. Study 
treatment should be initiated no later than 3 calendar days after randomization. 
During treatment, safety will be monitored and the risks for predefined safety criteria during the 
first 2 cycles will be followed and assessed using a Bayesian binomial model. In particular, risks 
for overdosing and unacceptable toxicity will be assessed as soon as 4 patients treated at the dose 
level of 120 mg/m2 become evaluable for the predefined safety criteria.  
The Bayesian model assessing the rate of predefined safety criteria will use dose as a parameter. 
The elicitation of the prior distribution is derived from the data collected in the first in human 
(FIH) study (TED10499) at various dose levels and schedules of administration (190 mg/m2 q3w, 
240 mg/m2 q3w, 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w, and 120 mg/m2 q2w). 
The elicitation of the prior distribution for the two dose levels is explained in Appendix A.  
The decision to stop 1 arm may be taken on the basis of risk of the assessed overdosing 
(ie, predefined safety criteria rate above 40%) and unacceptable toxicity (ie, predefined safety 
criteria rate above 60%). The model recommends stopping 1 arm when its overdosing risk or 
unacceptable toxicity risk will not be controlled at the levels of 25% and 5%, respectively. 
Simulations were performed and are presented in Appendix A. 
Randomization will be centralized by IVRS/IWRS, stratified on Eastern Cooperative Oncology 
Group (ECOG) performance status (PS) (0 versus 1). Randomization will be performed when all 
eligibility criteria are checked and the patient is deemed eligible. Randomization will be stopped 
at the end of Part 1 and the recruitment will be authorized in Part 2 only when the selected dose is 
chosen. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 7 
 
The selection of the dose to be continued in Part 2 will be made at the end of Part 1 following the 
criteria described below: 
A preliminary statistical evaluation of antitumor activity by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid 
Tumors (RECIST) 1.1 (1) will be done on the first 14 patients treated in each cohort; if at least 2 
confirmed responses, partial response (PR) or complete response (CR), in at least 1 cohort are 
observed then the study can continue in Part 2, if the safety profile is acceptable. 
In addition to the efficacy criteria, safety criteria including the number (%) of patients 
experiencing an eye disorder leading to dose modification or drug discontinuation, or peripheral 
neuropathy, or a treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) leading to dose reduction or drug 
discontinuation, will be considered. 
In case of the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 14 patients) not being reached for a given dose, 
then this dose will not be selected. 
In case of neither dose reaching the efficacy criteria (<2 PR or CR in 14 patients), then the study 
will be stopped. 
In case of comparable objective response rate (ORR) and safety profiles between 90 mg/m2 D1D8 
q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w, then the lower dose (90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w) will be chosen. 
In case of a higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a comparable safety profile to 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, then 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w will be chosen. 
In case of a higher ORR in 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and a better safety profile with 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 q3w, then the dose will be selected on the best risk/benefit. 
If there are 6 responses or more in the first 14 patients treated at 1 dose, then the study could be 
stopped for overwhelming efficacy. 
Part 2: at the selected dose 
Part 2a: Overexpression cohort 
The expansion/overexpressing CA6 cohort with an additional 15 metastatic TNBC patients with 
CA6 overexpression (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells) will start at the 
selected dose using the same selection criteria as for Part 1. If at least 7 confirmed responses 
(PR or CR) are seen among the 29 patients, then the null hypothesis of 12% ORR can be rejected. 
This test has a 1-sided type 1 error of 10% and 80% power for an alternative hypothesis of 30% 
response rate. 
Part 2b: Mild expression cohort 
An additional “mild CA6 expression” cohort of 20 patients with metastatic TNBC with at least 
1% positive tumor cells at CA6 membrane intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 
2+, 3+, will be assessed at the selected dose. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 8 
 
1.2 
OBJECTIVES 
1.2.1 Primary objectives 
To evaluate the tumor ORR, according to RECIST 1.1 (Section of SAR566658 in patients with 
CA6-positive metastatic TNBC: 
• Part 1: To select the SAR566658 dose based on ORR and safety of 2 dose levels of 
SAR566658 in patients with metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity 
of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of tumor cells), 
• Part 2: 
- 
Part 2a: To demonstrate the activity of SAR566658 based on ORR in patients with 
metastatic TNBC overexpressing CA6 (membrane intensity of 2+, 3+ in ≥30% of 
tumor cells) treated at the selected dose in an expanded cohort, in addition to the 
patients treated in Part 1, 
- 
Part 2b: To assess the efficacy of SAR566658 based on ORR in patients with 
metastatic TNBC and mild CA6 expression (with at least 1% positive tumor cells at 
intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity of 2+, 3+) treated at the selected 
dose in a “mild CA6 expression cohort”. 
1.2.2 Secondary objectives 
Part 1 and Part 2: 
• To assess: 
- 
Disease Control Rate (DCR), Duration Of Response (DOR), Time To Progression 
(TTP), Progression-Free Survival (PFS), 
- 
The impact of ocular primary prophylaxis on the incidence of keratopathies, 
- 
The PK profile of SAR566658, 
- 
The potential immunogenicity of SAR566658, 
- 
The relationship between CA6 expression level in the tumor, and circulating CA6 in 
blood at baseline, and efficacy outcomes. 
• To evaluate the global safety profile 
1.2.3 Exploratory objectives 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 9 
 
 
 
 
1.3 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE 
1.3.1 Sample size for Part 1 and Part 2a 
It is anticipated that approximately 63 patients will be enrolled into this study. 
This study is separated into 2 parts: 
Part 1: 
Each dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 q3w will include in parallel 
14 patients overexpressing CA6. 
Based on efficacy and safety (including predefined safety criteria), 1 dose will be selected during 
the interim analysis at the end of the Part 1 if the futility criteria on ORR is not met and will be 
continued in Part 2. 
Part 2:  
Part 2a: An additional 15 patients overexpressing CA6 will be treated in the expansion cohort at 
the selected dose. 
Part 2b: In parallel, 20 patients will be treated at the selected dose in a mild CA6 expression 
cohort. 
1.3.2 Sample size calculation 
The sample size calculation is based on efficacy criteria (ORR). 
A 2-stage design will be used for the selected dose. It is expected that a beneficial ORR under 
SAR566658 is of at least 30% (H1). An ORR of 12% (or less) will be considered as clinically non 
relevant (H0). On the basis of these assumptions, 29 treated patients at the selected dose at the end 
of Part 2a would be necessary to reject the null response rate of 12% with a global power of 80% 
and a 1-sided alpha level of 10%. The calculation takes into account 1 interim analysis using a 
gamma (-2) beta spending function for futility analysis and a Lan-DeMets (OF) alpha spending 
function in a 1 sample test for a binomial proportion (East version 6.3 using exact computations, 
Cytel Software, Cambridge, MA). 
An interim analysis is planned in Part 1 after 14 patients are treated at each dose. If at least 
2 responses over the first 14 patients are observed, then 15 other patients will be treated in Part 2a 
at the selected dose, if the safety profile is tolerable. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 10 
 
A total of 7 confirmed responses (CR or PR) or more out of 29 patients (14 patients from Part 1 
and 15 patients from Part 2a at the selected dose) will be necessary to reject the null hypothesis at 
the end of the Part 2a expansion cohort.  
Sample size determination for the mild CA6 expression cohort (Part 2b). 
At the selected dose, the relationship between CA6 expression level and efficacy outcome will be 
assessed by adding a cohort of 20 patients with mild CA6 membrane staining (at least 1% positive 
tumor cells at intensity ≥1+ and <30% of tumor cells at intensity 2+, 3+). 
With a sample size of 20 patients, a true response rate above 15% can be rejected with 83% 
confidence if we observe 0 or 1 response. Moreover, if we observe 7 responses over the 
29 patients in the biomarker positive group (≥30%, 2+,3+) and ≤1 response in the mild CA6 
biomarker positive group (CA6 IHC = <30% 2+,3+ and ≥1%, ≥1+), the 1-sided p-value 
(according to Fisher’s exact test) will be around 7%, suggesting an association between biomarker 
status and ORR. 
1.4 
STUDY PLAN 
Patient pre-screening, screening and enrollment will be centralized by Interactive Voice Response 
System (IVRS). 
Each pre-screened patient will have to sign a pre-screening informed consent which allows the 
collection of an archived available formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tumor sample in 
order to assess centrally for CA6 expression by IHC. A first call to IVRS center will be done prior 
to sending the slides to central laboratory in order to obtain a pre-screening patient number. For 
each patient of whom CA6 expression is documented according to the protocol definition, and 
who have further signed the screening informed consent, the study consists of: 
- 
up to 21-day screening phase prior start of study treatment infusion: the IVRS is called 
again (2nd call) and the protocol study procedures could start,  
- 
21-day treatment cycle(s): once the patient has completed the necessary baseline study 
procedures and is deemed eligible, a third call is given to IVRS in order to enroll the 
patient. Patients from the Part 1 will be randomized in two treatment arms: 90 mg/m2 
D1D8Q3w or 120 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w stratified by ECOG PS (0 versus 1).  Initiation of 
study treatment should start within 3 calendar days after enrollment is provided,  
- 
an end of treatment visit (30 days after the last study treatment infusion), 
- 
and a follow-up phase every 6-weeks until radiological progression disease, death or 
withdrawal of consent. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 11 
 
 
 
Abbreviations: +ve: positive; D: day; ICF: informed consent form; IVRS/IWRS: Interactive Voice/Web Response System; q3w: every 3 weeks; W: 
week. 
 
1.5 
MODIFICATIONS TO THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL 
This section summarizes major changes to the protocol statistical section with emphasis on 
changes after study start (after the first patient was enrolled). The first patient was enrolled on 
2017-03-23. 
Table 1 - Protocol amendment statistical changes 
Amendment  
Number 
Date 
Approved 
Rationale 
Description of statistical changes 
1 
 
To update the sample size in order to 
use the same methods (exact 
methods) in the calculation of sample 
size as the one planned in statistical 
analyses section for the calculation of 
the confidence interval of the primary 
and secondary endpoints. 
 
To decrease the power from 85% to 
80%, which is acceptable for a phase 
II study 
Sample size: The sample size was increased 
to 29 patients at the selected dose in the 
overexpression cohort (instead of 28) 
Number of responses : Number of responses 
expected at the end of the POC at the 
selected dose in the overexpression cohort 
was increased to 7 (instead of 6) 
Number of responses expected at the end of 
the interim analysis for overwhelming efficacy 
was increased to 6 (instead of 5) 
Power: Power was decreased from 85% to 
80%. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 12 
 
1.6 
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
Not applicable. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 13 
 
2 
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES 
As a general convention, investigational medicinal product (IMP) administration or study 
treatment infusion are indifferently used through the document. Both mean SAR566658 infusion. 
2.1 
ANALYSIS ENDPOINTS 
2.1.1 Demographic and baseline characteristics 
The baseline value is defined as the last value or measurement available before the first study 
treatment infusion in the study. This definition applies for all variables unless otherwise specified. 
For patients randomized and not treated, the baseline value is defined as the last available value 
obtained up to the date and time of randomization. 
All baseline safety and efficacy parameters (apart from those listed below) are presented along 
with the on-treatment summary statistics in the safety and efficacy sections (Section 2.4.4 and 
Section 2.4.5). 
Demographic characteristics 
Demographic variables include gender (Male, Female), race (White, Black or African American, 
Asian, American Indian or Alaska Native, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, Not 
reported, Unknown), age in years (quantitative and qualitative variable : <65, [65 - 75[ and 
≥75 years), ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, Not Hispanic or Latino, Not reported, Unknown), 
weight (kg) and BSA, and ECOG PS at baseline.  
Medical or surgical history not related to the study disease 
Medical and surgical history will include significant prior and concurrent illnesses, using the same 
definition as the one used in Section 2.4.5.1 for these AEs 
This information will be coded using the version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 
Disease characteristics at baseline   
Specific disease history will include: 
• Cancer at initial diagnosis: 
- 
Time from initial diagnosis to first study treatment administration (in years), 
- 
Histopathology type, 
- 
Staging and TNM classification, 
- 
Scarff Bloom and Richardson histoprognostic factor. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 14 
 
• Status of the disease at study entry: 
- 
measurability of disease (yes / no),  
- 
number and location of organs with metastases (<3 vs. ≥3) according to the 
Investigator 
• CA6 expression (see Section 2.1.7.1) 
- 
CA6  expression centrally assessed on an archival biopsy  
- 
Circulating CA6 (centrally assessed)  
• Molecular expression: Basal-Like status, Luminal A status, Luminal B status, BRCA1 
mutation status, BRCA2 mutation status, PD-1 and  PD-L1 expression 
Prior anticancer therapies 
Prior anticancer therapies include previous surgery for cancer, radiation therapy, and systemic 
anti-cancer treatment (including chemotherapy, immunotherapy, targeted therapy, biologics…). 
Systemic anti-cancer treatments and surgery will be respectively coded using the World Health 
Organization-Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD) and MedDRA using the versions currently in effect at 
Sanofi at the time of database lock.  
Prior anticancer treatment will include: 
• Patients with neoadjuvant therapy 
• Patients with adjuvant therapy 
• Patients with neoadjuvant/adjuvant therapy 
• Patients with advanced chemotherapy 
For all patients, results to be provided will be:  
• Number of patients with previous anthracycline regimen alone,  
• Number of patients with previous taxane regimen alone,   
• Number of patients with previous anthracycline/taxane regimen. 
Among patients with neoadjuvant/adjuvant followed by advanced chemotherapy, patients who 
relapse within 6 months (<7 months) of end of adjuvant therapy will be identified 
For patients with advanced chemotherapy, results to be provided will be: 
• number of prior lines (continuous and 1,2,3, >3): 
- 
Adjuvant/neo-adjuvant therapy will be counted as prior chemotherapy regimen if the 
patient had a progression/recurrence within 6 months after completion of the treatment, 
- 
Prior hormonal, biologic (eg, bevacizumab) or immunotherapy, without a cytotoxic 
agent, are allowed and are not counted as line of therapy 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 15 
 
- 
A chemotherapy line in advanced/metastatic disease is an anticancer regimen that 
contains at least 1 cytotoxic chemotherapy agent and was discontinued due to 
progression. If a cytotoxic chemotherapy regimen was discontinued for a reason other 
than disease progression then this regimen does not count as a “prior line of 
chemotherapy” unless this regimen was discontinued after treatment response (CR, PR 
or Stable Disease SD) and disease progression occurring before another line of 
chemotherapy. 
• best overall response of the last prior advanced chemotherapy 
• time from completion of the last prior advanced chemotherapy to first study treatment 
administration (months) 
• reason for discontinuation of the last prior advanced chemotherapy 
• duration of last line of therapy 
• prior treatment with eribulin (Yes vs No and if yes detail ; number of prior regimen with 
eribulin and best response across all the regimen, reason of discontinuation, time from 
completion to first study treatment administration (months)) 
• Disease free survival (DFS) defined as the interval from the first adjuvant chemotherapy 
date to the last date of relapse, classified into two groups: ≤24 months and >24 months 
For prior surgery, number (%) of patients with any prior surgery related to study disease, type of 
surgery and time from last surgery to first study treatment administration (months) will be 
provided. 
For prior radiotherapy, number (%) of patients with any prior radiotherapy related to study disease, 
intent and time from last radiotherapy to first study treatment administration (months) will be 
provided. Adjuvant radiotherapy (yes vs no) will be counted. 
Vital signs 
See Section 2.1.4.5. 
Laboratory exams 
See Section 2.1.4.4. 
Any technical details related to computation, dates, and imputations for missing dates are 
described in Section 2.5.4. 
ECG 
See Section 2.1.4.6. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 16 
 
2.1.2 Prior, concomitant or post treatment medications (other than anticancer therapies) 
All medications taken within 21 days before the first study treatment administration and at any 
time during the study treatment period are to be reported in the case report form pages. 
All medications will be coded using the World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD) 
using the version currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database locks. 
• Prior medications are those the patient used prior (within 21 days) to first IMP intake. 
Prior medications can be discontinued before first administration or can be ongoing during 
treatment phase.   
• Concomitant medications are any treatments received by the patient concomitantly to the 
IMP(s), from first administration to the last treatment infusion +30 days.  A given 
medication can be classified both as a prior medication and as a concomitant medication.  
Concomitant medications do not include medications started during the post treatment 
period (as defined in the observation period in Section 2.1.4).  
• Post treatment medications are those the patient took in the period running from 30 days 
after the last treatment infusion up to the end of the study. 
Premedications 
As defined in Section 8.2.2 of the study protocol, patients will routinely receive premedications 
prior to SAR566685 infusion to reduce the risk and severity of infusion-related hypersensitivity 
reactions and corneal toxicities. Premedications are defined in the protocol as non-investigational 
medicinal product(s). The recommended premedication agents are:  
• For hypersensitivity reactions: 
Premedication with histamine H1 antagonist (diphenhydramine 50 mg given orally approximately 
1 hour before SAR566658 administration) is required for all patients  
• For corneal toxicity: 
Topical artificial tears and /or hyaluronic ophthalmic gel, vasoconstrictor such as neosynephrine 
(or equivalent), corticosteroid ocular gel such as Sterdex or dexamethasone 0.16%. 
The use of cold eye mask/pad (unless patient cannot tolerate it) from start until end of infusion 
Any technical details related to computation, dates, imputation for missing dates are described in 
Section 2.5. 
2.1.3 Efficacy endpoints 
2.1.3.1 Primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The primary efficacy endpoint will be the Overall Response Rate (ORR) defined as the proportion 
of patients with confirmed  complete response (CR) or confirmed partial response (PR) as Best 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 17 
 
Overall Response (BOR), assessed by the Investigator (based on RECIST 1.1), relative to the total 
number of patients in the efficacy population (see Section 2.3.1). Confirmation of objective 
responses will be performed by repeat tumor imaging (Computed Tomography [CT] scan, MRI) at 
least 4 weeks after the first radiological documentation of response. 
Tumor assessments will be performed every 6 weeks (ie, every 2 cycles) during the treatment 
period and every 6 weeks during the follow-up period if a patient discontinues treatment prior to 
radiologic disease progression. 
Tumor assessments after the initiation of post-treatment anti-cancer therapy will be excluded from 
the determination of Best Overall Response in a patient. See Appendix B (Determination of tumor 
response) for details. 
Best Overall Response 
BOR is the best tumor response observed from first study treatment infusion until disease 
progression, death or initiation of post-treatment anti-cancer therapy, whichever occurs first. 
Primary ORR analysis can be performed when all patients treated in Part 2a and Part 2b have had 
at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or have 
discontinued the study for any reason. However, if the primary criteria of 7 responders is either 
met or not met with certainty at the end of the Part 2a in the selected dose when all patients have 
had 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or discontinued 
the study for any reason and when all the patients of the Part 2b have had 2 postbaseline tumor 
assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason, 
analysis may be done at that time instead. 
Best tumor shrinkage 
For patients with measurable disease, the best tumor shrinkage will be defined by the best relative 
change from baseline as follows:  
baseline
baseline
smallest
Y
Y
Y
Y
−
×
=100
 
Where Y is the sum of longest diameter of the target lesions. 
2.1.3.2 Secondary efficacy endpoint(s) 
The secondary efficacy endpoints include duration of response (DOR), Disease Control rate 
(DCR), Time to progression (TTP) and Progression Free Survival (PFS). 
2.1.3.2.1 Duration of response 
The duration of response will be defined as the time from the date of first initial occurrence of a 
subsequently confirmed CR or PR to the date of first radiological documentation of disease 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 18 
 
progression (using RECIST 1.1) before the initiation of any post-treatment anti-cancer therapy or 
death (due to any cause), whichever occurs first. 
Duration of response is determined only for patients who have achieved a response of confirmed 
CR or PR. 
If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy before radiologic progression or death, the 
duration of response will be censored at the date of the last valid response assessment without 
evidence of progression performed before the initiation of the post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy without radiologic progression or death, the 
duration of response will be censored at the date of the post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
In the absence of radiologic progression, death or post–treatment anti-cancer therapy, the duration 
of response will be censored at the date of the last valid response assessment without evidence of 
progression. 
A valid response assessment is defined as a response assessment with a response different of NE. 
2.1.3.2.2 Disease control rate 
Disease control rate is defined as the proportion of patients with confirmed CR or PR or stable 
disease (SD) lasting at least 3 months as assessed by the Investigator (based on RECIST 1.1) 
relative to the total number of patients in the relevant efficacy population (see Section 2.3.1).The 
calculation of the duration of stable disease is critical for the selection of patients with stable 
disease lasting at least 3 months.  The duration of stable disease will be calculated according to the 
following rules: 
• The duration of stable disease will be calculated as the time from the date of first study 
treatment infusion to the date of first documentation of progression, date of death or date 
of last valid tumour assessment before the initiation of any post-treatment anti-cancer 
therapy. 
• If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy before radiologic progression or 
death, the duration of response will be calculated until the date of the last valid response 
assessment without evidence of progression performed before the initiation of the 
post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
• If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy without radiologic progression or 
death, the duration of stable disease will be calculated until the date of initiation of the 
post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
In the absence of disease progression, death or post-treatment anti-cancer therapy, the duration of 
stable disease will be calculated to the date of the last valid response assessment without evidence 
of progression. 
A valid response assessment is defined as a response assessment with a response different of NE. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 19 
 
2.1.3.2.3 Time to progression 
The time to progression is defined as the time interval from the date of first study treatment 
administration to the date of first radiologically documented tumor progression or death from 
disease progression before the initiation of any post-treatment anti-cancer therapy, whichever 
occurs first. 
If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy before radiologic progression or death, TTP 
will be censored at the date of the last valid response assessment without evidence of progression 
performed before the initiation of the post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
If death different from disease progression occurs before receiving post-treatment anti-cancer, 
TTP will be censored at the date of the last evaluable response assessment without progression. 
If a patient receives post-treatment anti-cancer therapy without radiologic progression or death, 
TTP will be censored at the date of the post-treatment anti-cancer therapy. 
In the absence of tumor progression or death due to disease progression or post-treatment anti-
cancer therapy, TTP will be censored at the date of the last valid response assessment without 
evidence of progression.  An evaluable response assessment is defined as a response assessment 
with a response different of NE. 
2.1.3.2.4 Progression-free survival 
Progression-Free Survival (PFS) is defined as the time interval from the date of the first treatment 
infusion to the first documented date of disease progression or death due to any cause, whichever 
occurs first. 
Rules for sensitivity analysis 
PFS endpoint will be determined considering also clinical/non radiological progression as an 
event. If clinical/non radiological progression is observed in absence of documented radiological 
progression, the date of progression will be the date of clinical/non radiological progression. If the 
first progression is based on documented radiological progression and on clinical/non radiological 
progression, the date of progression will be the earliest of date of documented progression and 
date of clinical/non radiological progression.  
Censoring rules for all PFS analyses: 
For these 2 analyses, in the absence of disease progression or death (or clinical/non radiological 
progression for sensitivity analysis), the PFS will be censored at the date of last evaluable tumor 
assessment without documented progression. In addition, the patient without any valid post-
baseline tumor assessment will be censored for PFS on the day of the first study treatment infusion 
(Day 1). 
The summarized description of these analyses is given in Appendix F. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 20 
 
2.1.4 Safety endpoints 
The safety analysis will be based on the reported adverse events (AE) and other safety 
information, such as clinical laboratory data, vital signs, ECG, weight and Eastern Cooperative 
Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status (PS).  
Observation period  
The observation period will be divided into 3 periods: 
• The pre-treatment period is defined as the time from the signed informed consent date up 
to the first study treatment administration.  
• The treatment period is defined as the time from the first study treatment administration 
to the last study treatment administration + 30 days. 
• The post-treatment period is defined as the period of time starting the day after the end of 
the treatment period up to the end of the study. 
2.1.4.1 Adverse events variables 
Adverse event observation period  
• Pre-treatment adverse events are defined as any adverse event reported during the pre-
treatment period. 
• Treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) are adverse events that developed or 
worsened or became serious during the treatment period. 
• Post-treatment adverse events are adverse events that developed or worsened or became 
serious during the post-treatment period. 
All AEs (including SAEs and adverse events of special interest (AESI)) will be graded according 
to National cancer institute common terminology for adverse events (NCI-CTCAE) version 4.03 
and coded to a lower-level term (LLT), preferred term (PT), high-level term (HLT), high-level 
group term (HLGT) and associated primary system organ class (SOC) using the version of 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time 
of database lock. 
AESI include the following terms: 
• Pregnancy of female patient entered in a study as well as pregnancy occurring in a female 
partner of a male subject entered in a study with IMP/NIMP. 
• Symptomatic overdose (serious or non-serious) with IMP/NIMP. 
Primary safety endpoint for the Part 1 (predefined safety criteria): 
Incidence of IMP-related predefined safety criteria during Cycle 1 and Cycle 2. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 21 
 
Predefined safety criteria are defined at the occurrence of any following related TEAE using NCI 
CTCAE v4.03: 
• Grade ≥3 TEAE from the System Organ Class (SOC) Eyes disorders, 
• Grade ≥3 peripheral neuropathy (Preferred Term [PT]), 
• Grade ≥4 TEAE. 
Adverse Events leading to specific analyses: 
Specific analyses will be performed for the following AEs: 
• Pre-specified safety criteria (cycle 1 and cycle 2). 
• Corneal events (reported as AEs) as defined in the grouping 
GLB_CORNEAL_DISORDERS. 
The last event will be identified from a grouping of adverse events based on MedDRA preferred 
terms. 
2.1.4.2 Ocular examination 
Specific ocular evaluations are planned at baseline and will be repeated at the time of the 
occurrence in ocular toxicity. Moreover tonometry will be performed at screening, end of cycle 6 
and end of treatment. 
2.1.4.3 Deaths 
The deaths observation periods are per the observation periods defined above.  
• Death on-treatment:  deaths occurring during the TEAE period.  
• Death post-treatment:  deaths occurring during the post-treatment period.  
2.1.4.4 Laboratory safety variables 
Laboratory data consists of blood analysis, including hematology and biochemistry. 
Blood samples for clinical laboratories will be taken at Day 8, Day 15 and Day 21 during the first 
two cycles (except for INR only at Day 21) and then at Day 8 and Day 21 for hematology and Day 
21 for clinical chemistry and INR at subsequent cycles and then at end of treatment. The 
laboratory parameters will be classified as follows:   
• Hematology:  
- 
Red blood cells (RBC) and platelets and coagulation: hemoglobin, platelet count, 
international normalized ratio (INR).  
- 
White blood cells (WBC): WBC with differential (neutrophils, lymphocytes, 
monocytes, basophils, eosinophils), absolute neutrophil count (ANC). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 22 
 
• Clinical chemistry:  
- 
Metabolism: blood glucose, lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH), total protein, albumin,  
- 
Electrolytes: sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, corrected serum calcium 
(calculated according to Corrected calcium formula, see Section 2.5.1), phosphate, 
- 
Renal function: serum creatinine, creatinine clearance (calculated according to both 
Cockroft-Gault formula, see Section 2.5.1), urea or blood urea nitrogen (BUN), 
- 
Liver function: alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), 
alkaline phosphatase, total and direct bilirubin. 
Moreover, serum pregnancy test will be performed at baseline, during on-treatment period and end 
of treatment period for women of child bearing potential. 
Laboratory values will be analyzed after conversion into standard international units by data 
management. These converted values will be graded according to the NCI-CTCAE version 4.03 
whenever applicable, using laboratory normal ranges (liver function tests, creatinine, creatinine 
clearance, LDH) provided by the laboratory analyzing the sample whenever possible or using 
generic normal ranges for other parameters (see Appendix G). When the NCI-CTCAE is not 
applicable, laboratory values “out of normal ranges” will be summarized. 
For each laboratory parameter, each assessment performed from the 2nd day of cycle N to the 
1st day of cycle N+1 will be assigned to cycle N. The 1st day of any cycle will be the date of the 
1st study treatment infusion for this cycle. 
Parameters measured on the day of the first study treatment infusion (Cycle 1 Day 1) will be 
considered as baseline measurements. If missing, the baseline measurement will be the last 
available value before first study treatment infusion. For a given parameter, a patient will be 
considered as evaluable if at least one measure of this parameter is available during the on-
treatment period. 
Technical formulas are described in Section 2.5.1. 
2.1.4.5 Vital signs variables 
Vital signs include blood pressure (systolic and diastolic), BSA and body weight. Moreover 
ECOG performance status will be also provided.  All of these parameters will be performed at 
screening, Days 8, 15 and 21 in Cycles 1 and 2 and Days 8 and 21 in subsequent cycles and then at 
end of treatment visit. ECOG PS and body weight will be also assessed in follow-up. 
Parameters measured on the day of the first study treatment infusion (Cycle 1 Day 1) will be 
considered as baseline measurements. If missing, the baseline measurement will be the last 
available value before first study treatment infusion. For a given parameter, a patient will be 
considered as evaluable if at least one measure of this parameter is available during the on-
treatment period.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 23 
 
2.1.4.6 Electrocardiogram variables 
ECGs will be recorded automatically by the device at the Investigator site at screening and end of 
treatment visit. 
Electrocardiogram assessments will be described as normal or abnormal. 
For ECG, parameters measured during the screening period will be considered as baseline 
measurements.  
2.1.5 Pharmacokinetic variables 
Pharmacokinetic samples of SAR566658, unconjugated maytansinoids (DM4 and Me-DM4) and 
naked hu-DS6 will be collected at specific time points of each cycle, and at the end of treatment 
and follow-up visits as specified in the PK/immunogenicity flow chart of the protocol. 
Main PK parameters that will be provided should include Cmax, AUC, total clearance, distribution 
volume, and half-life. 
2.1.6 Immunogenicity endpoints 
Blood samples must be taken on Day 1 before the first study treatment infusion of each treatment 
cycle, then at the end of study treatment (Day 30) and at follow up (Day 60). For each time point, 
results are defined as negative, positive or inconclusive according to circulating levels of 
SAR566658. 
Periods of observation: 
• Antitherapeutic antibodies (ATA) pre-treatment period: The ATA pre-treatment period is 
defined as the time from signed informed consent to the first SAR566658 infusion 
administration.  
• ATA on-study observation period: the ATA on-study observation period is defined as the 
time from first SAR566658 infusion administration until the end of the study. 
ATA attributes: 
• Pre-existing ATAs are defined as ATAs that were present in samples drawn during the 
pretreatment period. 
• Treatment boosted ATAs are defined as pre-existing ATAs with an increase in titer value 
between pre-treatment and post-treatment samples of at least two titer steps.  Assuming a 
2-fold serial dilution schema is used for the study, this means that the post-treatment 
sample titer value is at least (≥) 4 fold of pretreatment titer value. 
• Treatment induced ATAs are defined as ATAs that developed at any time during the 
ATA on-study observation period in patients without pre-existing ATAs, including 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 24 
 
patients without pretreatment samples. If baseline sample is missing, baseline is considered 
by default as ATA negative, and thus, ATA is considered as treatment-induced. 
• Transient ATA response is defined by:  
- 
Treatment-induced ATA detected only at one sampling time point during the ATA on-
study observation period (excluding the last sampling time point), OR  
- 
Treatment-induced ATA detected at two or more sampling time points during the 
treatment (including follow-up period if any), where the first and last ATA -positive 
samples (irrespective of any negative samples in between) are separated by a period 
less than 16 weeks and the subject’s last sampling time point is ATA -negative.  
• Persistent ATA response is defined by: 
- 
Treatment-induced ATA detected at two or more sampling time points during the ATA 
on-study observation period, where the first and last ATA -positive on-study samples 
are separated by a period of 16 weeks or longer (irrespective of any negative samples 
in between), OR  
- 
Treatment-induced ATA detected in the last two sampling time points (both positive), 
irrespective of the time period in between.  
• Indeterminate ATA is defined by treatment induced ATA that is not persistent or 
transient (only the last sampling time is positive). 
Among evaluable population for immunogenicity (see Section 2.3.5 for definition), following 
patients will be defined: 
• ATA positive patients, which are defined as patients with at least one treatment-induced 
or treatment-boosted ATA positive sample at any time during the on-study observation 
period; 
• ATA negative patients, which are defined as patients without treatment-induced nor 
treatment-boosted ATA positive sample during the on-study observation period; 
• ATA inconclusive patients, which are defined as patients which cannot irrefutably be 
classified as ATA negative. 
Two main categories can be reported for the epidemiology of an ATA immune response: ATA 
prevalence and ATA incidence: 
• ATA prevalence defines the proportion of all patients tested positive for ATAs (including 
preexisting antibodies, treatment boosted ATA and treatment induced ATA) at any point in 
time. 
• In contrast, the term ATA incidence only defines the proportion of patients found to either 
have seroconverted (treatment induced ATAs) or boosted their pre-existing ATA response 
during the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 25 
 
The incidence will be defined as follows: 
patients
evaluable
of
number
patients
positive
ATA
induced
treatment
boosted
treatment
incidence
ATA
+
×
= 100
 
 
baseline
at
negative
ATA
patients
evaluable
of
number
patients
positive
ATA
induced
treatment
incidence
ATA
induced
Treatment
×
= 100
 
baseline
at
positive
ATA
patients
evaluable
of
number
patients
positive
ATA
boosted
treatment
incidence
ATA
boosted
Treatment
×
= 100
 
2.1.7 Biomarkers 
2.1.7.1 Main biomarkers 
CA6 expression level in tumor tissue samples by IHC 
IHC will be the reference assay to assess CA6 expression level and will be performed at a central 
laboratory. At prescreening, determination of CA6 positivity in tumors will be performed by IHC 
on FFPE slides collected from the most recent available tumor samples. A total of 6 4-micron 
sections cut from the most recent available FFPE tumor block (ie, archive tumor tissue at 
diagnosis, archive tumor tissue at surgery, or most recent tumor sample) will be collected and sent 
to a centralized laboratory for CA6 staining by muDS6-IHC and for appropriate control. Staining 
will be analyzed by a dedicated pathologist. Stained and unstained slides will be kept for up to 
5 years from the completion of the clinical study. 
Both the membrane and cytoplasmic staining will be recorded for the percent of tumor cells 
positive at all intensities (1+, 2+, and 3+). 
The following variables will be derived based on the percentage of positive cells at all intensities 
(1+, 2+, and 3+): 
• Percentage of positive cells at intensity ≥ 2+ on the sum of membrane, quantitatively and 
by categories. 
• H-score on the sum of membrane (either whole or polarized) staining. H-score will be 
defined by ([% positive cells at intensity 0] x 0 + [% positive cells at intensity 1+] x 1 + [% 
positive cells at intensity 2+] x 2 + [% positive cells at intensity 3+] x 3). 
• Main analyses will be performed on membrane staining but descriptive analyses on 
cytoplasmic staining could eventually be explored. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 26 
 
Circulating CA6 from blood samples 
A blood sample will be collected at baseline prior to the first treatment administration and plasma 
will be extracted on site. Plasma will be stored at -70°C or below and transferred on a planned 
schedule to a centralized laboratory until their authorized transfer to a testing laboratory, where 
circulating CA6 levels will be determined. Circulating CA6 will be determined by a 
semiquantitative sandwich enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). 
2.1.7.2 Exploratory pharmacodynamic biomarker  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.1.7.3 Other exploratory biomarkers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 27 
 
 
 
 
2.1.8 Post-treatment therapy after discontinuation of investigational medicinal product 
administration during the study 
Post treatment anti-cancer therapies include post treatment systemic anti-cancer treatment 
(including chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy…), post treatment radiotherapy 
(other than given in palliative intent) and post treatment surgery related to cancer. 
Palliative radiotherapy may be given for control of pain for palliative intents during treatment 
period. This will not be considered as post treatment anti-cancer therapy and thus will be 
documented separately.  
2.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS 
This section describes patient disposition for both patient study status and the patient analysis 
populations. 
An overview of the analysis populations is presented in the Figure 1. 
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 28 
 
Figure 1 : Analysis population 
 
Pre-registered (pre-screened) patients are defined as patients who signed the prescreening 
informed consent for CA6 assay assessment of their archival biopsy 
Registered (screened) patients are defined as patients who signed the informed consent for study 
participation and are planned to enter in the screening period, i.e. for whom the investigator ticked 
“Yes” to the question “Will the subject continue in the screening phase of part 1 (or part 2)?” at 
the end of prescreening period. 
Enrolled patients includes registered patients who are planned to enter in the study period, ie, for 
whom the investigator ticked “Yes” to the question “Will the subject continue in the Treatment 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 29 
 
phase?” at the end of screening period. In part 1, patients also need a confirmation of a successful 
allocation of a randomization number through the IVRS/IWRS in order to be randomized. 
The total number of patients in each of the following analyses population will be presented in the 
clinical study report using a flowchart diagram or a summary table: 
• Pre-registered population 
• Registered population 
• Not enrolled but treated population 
• Enrolled population 
• Enrolled but not treated population  
• All-treated population 
• Evaluable for predefined safety criteria population 
• Response evaluable population 
For patient study status, the total number of patients in each of the following categories will be 
presented in the clinical study report using a flowchart diagram or a summary table: 
• Enrolled patients 
• Enrolled and not treated patients with reason for non-treatment 
• All-treated population with number of patients who discontinued study treatment by main 
reason for treatment discontinuation 
• Status at last study contact: alive, dead 
For all categories of patients (except for the pre-registered, registered and not enrolled patients) 
percentages will be calculated using the number of enrolled patients as the denominator. 
All critical or major deviations will be summarized in tables giving numbers and percentages of 
deviations. 
2.2.1 Randomization irregularities 
Randomization irregularities occur whenever a randomization is not in accordance with the 
protocol-defined randomization method, such as a) an ineligible patient is randomized, b) a patient 
is randomized based on an incorrect stratum, c) a patient is randomized twice. 
All randomization irregularities will be documented in the clinical study report.  If the number of 
irregularities is large enough to make a tabular summary useful, the irregularities will be 
categorized and summarized among the treated patients (number and percentages).  
Nonrandomized/non enrolled but treated patients will be described separately. Listings with 
additional, relevant details will be provided in an appendix, eg, excluded second 
randomization/enrollment study data for patient randomized/enrolled twice. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 30 
 
Randomization irregularities to be prospectively identified include but are not limited to:  
 
Randomization irregularities 
Randomization by error 
Patient randomized twice 
Stratification error 
CA6 level expression error 
Patient switched to another site 
2.2.2 Important deviations potentially impacting efficacy 
The summary of important protocol deviations will be based on the all treated population. Other 
deviations will not be summarized in the Clinical Study Report. 
Important protocol deviations are based on inclusion/exclusion criteria and are defined as follows: 
• No metastatic TNBC (I01), 
• Patient with no measurable disease as per RECIST 1.1 (I02), 
• No histologically documented TNBC (I03), 
• Not the corresponding CA6 membrane expression level according the threshold defined in 
the study part (I04), 
• No prior chemotherapy regimen or more or equal to 4 for advanced/metastatic disease 
(I05), 
• No prior anticancer therapy with anthracycline and a taxane in an adjuvant/neoadjuvant or 
metastatic setting (I06), 
• Prior treatment with eribulin as last prior therapy or prior maytansinoid treatments (E13). 
2.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS 
Patients treated without being randomized (missing the third call IVRS in the Part 1) will not be 
considered randomized and will not be included in any efficacy or all treated population.   
For any patient randomized or enrolled more than once, only the data associated with the first 
randomization will be used in any analysis population.  The safety experience associated with any 
later randomization will be assessed separately. 
2.3.1 Efficacy populations 
The primary efficacy analysis will be performed on the all-treated population.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 31 
 
The response evaluable population will be used for sensitivity efficacy analyses of the BOR and 
the DCR. 
2.3.1.1 All treated population  
The all-treated population (AT) consists of enrolled patients who will actually receive at least one 
dose or any partial of a dose of study treatment.  
2.3.1.2 Response evaluable population 
The response evaluable population will be defined as the patients of the all treated population with 
measurable disease at study entry and with CA6 positivity according to the threshold defined  in 
the relevant study part (Part 1 and Part 2a or Part 2b) and who had an evaluable response 
assessment during treatment (until 30 days after last SAR566658 administration). Treated patients 
who could not have a postbaseline tumor assessment because of early disease progression or early 
death due to progressive disease are also included in the response evaluable population. 
An evaluable response assessment is defined as a response assessment with a response different of 
NE. 
2.3.2 Safety population 
The population used for safety analyses consists of the all-treated population. Any safety analysis 
will be performed on this population  
2.3.3 Evaluable for predefined safety criteria population (Part 1) 
Patients evaluable for predefined selection criteria will be defined as patients treated who have 
completed 2 cycles or who experienced predefined safety criteria. To complete 2 cycles, patients 
have to receive 4 infusions and more than 80% of the cumulative planned dose. This population is 
only defined for Part 1 for the purpose of the Bayesian design and the analysis of the predefined 
safety criteria. 
2.3.4 Pharmacokinetic population 
The PK population will include all patients who received at least 1 dose of SAR566658, even if 
incomplete, and have at least 1 valid PK parameter available. 
2.3.5 Evaluable population for immunogenicity 
The evaluable population for immunogenicity will include all patients with at least 1 sample 
drawn postbaseline after study drug infusion (on-treatment period or follow-up) that is appropriate 
for ATA testing with a reportable result (patients with missing ATA at baseline will be considered 
evaluable). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 32 
 
2.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
Continuous data will be summarized using the number of available data, mean, standard deviation, 
median, minimum, Q1, Q3 and maximum.  Categorical and ordinal data will be summarized using 
the number and percentage of patients. 
All the tables will be presented by the intended dose level in the Part1 and by actual expression 
cohort at the selected dose in the Part 2 (mild expression or overexpression cohorts). Separate 
tables will be provided for Part 1 and Part 2. Summary table including both dose levels and 
expression cohorts will be provided for some analyses as demographics or analysis population 
topics. 
2.4.1 Demographics and baseline characteristics 
The parameters described in Section 2.1.1 will be summarized on the all-treated population 
analyzed in the planned dose level using descriptive statistics.  
The medical and surgical history will be summarized according to the SOC and PT. Separate 
tables will summarize ocular history, peripheral neuropathy history.   
For the safety parameters, the baseline values will be described along with each safety analysis if 
relevant.  
2.4.2 Prior, concomitant and post treatment medications (other than anticancer 
therapies) 
The prior, concomitant and post-treatment medications will be presented for the all-treated 
population.  
Medications will be summarized according to the WHO-DD dictionary, considering the first digit 
of the anatomic category (ATC) class (anatomic category) and the first 3 digits of the ATC class 
(therapeutic category).  All ATC codes corresponding to a medication will be summarized, and 
patients will be counted once in each ATC category (anatomic or therapeutic) linked to the 
medication. Therefore patients may be counted several times for the same medication.  
The table for prior medications will be sorted by decreasing frequency of ATC followed by all 
other therapeutic classes. In case of equal frequency regarding ATCs alphabetical order will be 
used. In part 1, sorting will be based on results for the dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w and in 
part 2, sorting will be based on the All column including overexpression and mild expression 
cohorts at the selected dose. 
The tables for concomitant and posttreatment medications will be sorted in the same way. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 33 
 
Premedications 
Number (%) of patients compliant with premedications for ocular toxicities as defined in 
Section 2.1.2 will be provided.  
Compliance will be calculated for each administered infusion. It will be a binary variable, patient 
will be considered as compliant or as not compliant for the whole infusion. Total compliance will 
be calculated as the mean compliance over all administered infusions. 
2.4.3 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure and compliance 
The extent of study treatment exposure will be assessed and summarized on the all-treated 
population. 
2.4.3.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure 
The overall extent of exposure will be assessed for each patient as: 
• Actual number of weeks on-treatment (duration of treatment) defined as (date of last cycle 
first infusion – date of first cycle first infusion + 21)/7;  
• Total number of cycles started (K);  
• Total number of infusions started 
Overall study treatment exposure will be summarized by the total number of infusions started, the 
total number of cycles started, the total number of infusions received by patient, the total number 
of cycles received by patient and the treatment duration 
Following information will also be summarized: 
• Cumulative dose (mg/m2): the cumulative dose at cycle k is the sum of all doses from 
cycle 1 to and including cycle k, where k is based on investigator’s report. 
∑
=
K
1
k
[k]
 
Cycle
in 
 
Dose
 
Actual
 
= 
Dose
 
Cumulative
 
• Actual dose intensity (mg/m2/week): 
ent 
on  treatm
 
 weeks
of
 
no.
 
Actual
)
(mg/m
  
dose
 
Cumulative
 
= 
ADI
2
 
• Planned dose intensity (mg/m2/week): 
ent 
on  treatm
 
 weeks
of
 
no.
 
Planned
)
(mg/m
 
Dose
 
Planned
  
Total
 
= 
PDI
2
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 34 
 
The total planned dose will be calculated by the sum of the theoretical planned dose (i.e., the 
planned dose as per protocol) at each cycle: 
[ ]
∑
=
=
K
1
k
k
 
Cycle
 
Dose
 
Planned
 
 
Dose
 
Planned
 
Total
 
Where K=total number of treatment cycles received by the patient 
The planned number of weeks on treatment is defined as 3*K. 
As per protocol, the planned dose at each infusion at Day 1 and Day 8 is 90 mg/m2 or 120 mg/m2 
in each cycle in the Part 1 and the selected dose in the Part 2. 
• The relative dose intensity (RDI) is defined as  
Intensity
  
Dose
  
Planned
Intensity
  
Dose
  
Actual
 =
Intensity 
  
Dose
 
Relative
 
Summary statistics will be provided for cumulative dose, actual dose intensity and relative dose 
intensity. 
As per protocol, for patients with a BSA >2.0 m2, a BSA equals to 2.0 m2 will be used for the 
calculation of the dose in mg/m2. 
Dose modifications: 
Dose reduction: dose reduction will be derived using the definition provided in Table 2 compared 
to the previous dose.  For the second and subsequent infusions, a dose is deemed to have been 
reduced if the dose level a patient received differs from the previous actual dose level. If a dose is 
omitted at Day 8, then the dose reduction will be derived from the dose received at Day 1 from the 
previous cycle. The first infusion will not be counted for a dose reduction. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 35 
 
Table 2 – SAR566658 actual dose level definition (at each infusion) 
Actual dose level (mg/m²) 
Actual dose administered (mg/m²) 
Upper dose 
135 ≤ Dose 
120 
105  ≤ Dose < 135 
90 
83  ≤ Dose < 105 
75 
68  ≤ Dose <83 
60 
52  ≤ Dose < 68 
Lower dose 
0 < Dose <52 
No dose administered 
0 
Dose omission: at a given infusion, dose omission will be considered if no drug is administered 
(dose=0 mg/m²). Number of dose omissions within a cycle will be equal to the difference between 
expected number of infusions and number infusions actually received. 
Infusion delayed: a dose at Day 22 (Day 1 of next cycle) is deemed to have been delayed if the 
study treatment is ≥4 days beyond the theoretical day of treatment. The first dose will not be 
counted for dose delay.  
Dose interruption: dose interruption will be considered if the study treatment infusion is 
temporarily stopped during the infusion. 
Number of patients (%) and number of cycles (%) with at least one SAR566658 dose modification 
(including dose reduction, dose omission, cycle delayed) and dose interruption, overall and by 
type, will be provided. 
Number of SAR566658 infusions (%) with a dose modification, overall and by type, will be also 
provided. 
2.4.4 Analyses of efficacy endpoints 
2.4.4.1 Analysis of primary efficacy endpoint(s) 
Response rate will be analyzed based on all-treated population as defined in the Section 2.3.1.1. 
Overall Response rates will be summarized using counts (n) and percentages (%) and presented 
with its 2-sided 80% confidence interval using the Clopper and Pearson exact method. 
At the end of the Part 2a in the overexpression cohort at the selected dose, an exact binomial test 
of the null hypothesis that the true response rate is 12% will be performed using a one-sided 0.1 
alpha level.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 36 
 
Best Overall Response (BOR) (CR, PR, SD, PD, and NE) will be summarized using counts (n) 
and percentages by treatment group. At the end of the part1, a summary of BOR by intended dose 
levels and ECOG stratification factor will also be provided.  
For responder patients, a listing with number of prior advanced regimen, prior treatment with 
anthracycline and/or taxanes (yes/no), prior treatment with eribulin (yes/no), best response to last 
advanced previous anti therapy, baseline CA6 IHC, baseline circulating CA6, best overall 
response to SAR566658, duration of response and reason for treatment discontinuation will be 
provided.  
Exploratory analyses 
At the end of the Part 2a in the overexpression cohort, ORR will be estimated (with its 80% CI) in 
several subgroups of patients defined in the table below. A forest plot with estimation of ORR in 
each subgroup will be provided, if enough patients in each stratum. Depending upon the study 
results, additional subgroups may be examined, and subgroups with small sample sizes may be 
pooled to create a larger meaningful subgroup. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 37 
 
Table 3 – Subgroup analyses 
Prognostic factor 
Description  
Age 
ECOG PS at baseline 
Any prior eribulin agent 
 Mutation BRCA1 
Mutation BRCA2  
Number of organs involved 
Number of prior regimen 
Bone metastasis only vs visceral metastasis 
DFS  
PD1 
PDL1 
[18-65[y, [65-75[y, >75y 
0, 1 
Yes vs No  
Yes vs No  
Yes vs No  
1,2 >3 
1,2,3 
Yes vs No 
≤24 mo vs >24mo 
Classes to be defined 
Classes to be defined 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy endpoint 
The ORR will also be estimated on the response-evaluable population as defined in 
Section 2.3.1.2. Depending on the results, exploratory analyses as defined in the Table 3 may also 
be performed on the response-evaluable population. 
2.4.4.2 Analyses of secondary efficacy endpoints 
2.4.4.2.1 Disease Control rate 
Disease control rate will be summarized using counts (n) and percentages by treatment group. 
Confidence intervals at 80% will be computed using the Clopper and Pearson exact method. 
The DCR will also be estimated on the response-evaluable population as defined in 
Section 2.3.1.2. 
2.4.4.2.2 Duration of response 
Duration of response will be analyzed in responders using the Kaplan-Meier method. Kaplan-
Meier estimates and associated 80% CI will be provided. 
2.4.4.2.3 Tumor shrinkage 
A graphical representation of the best tumor shrinkage observed per patient (waterfall plot) will 
also be provided on the all-treated population. 
2.4.4.2.4 Time to progression 
The median TTP and its 80% confidence interval will be estimated on the all-treated population. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 38 
 
Kaplan-Meier estimates of the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles and their associated 80% CIs will 
be provided.  
Number of patients at risk as well as the probabilities of surviving without disease progression at 
least 3, 6, 9, and 12 months with 80% confidence intervals will be estimated using the Kaplan-
Meier method.  
The number (%) of censored patients and the timing of their censoring (ie, censored at 
randomization, censored at last disease assessment) will be summarized. Kaplan-Meier curves 
will be plotted. These plots will include the number of patients at risk at key time points. 
2.4.4.2.5 Progression Free Survival 
PFS data will be analyzed using the Kaplan-Meier method in the all treated population: 
• Kaplan-Meier estimates of the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles and their associated 80% 
CIs will be provided. The 80% confidence intervals will be constructed using a log-log 
transformation of the survival function and the methods of Brookmeyer and Crowley. 
• Number of patients at risk as well as the probabilities of surviving without disease 
progression at least 3, 6, 9, and 12 months with 80% confidence intervals will be estimated 
using the Kaplan-Meier method.  
• Kaplan-Meier curves will be plotted. These plots will include the number of patients at 
risk at key time points. 
For patients with events, the type of event (objective disease progression or death for primary 
analysis and also clinical/non radiological progression for sensitivity analysis) will be summarized 
using counts and percentages. The type of disease progression will be presented for sensitivity 
analysis (objective disease progression or clinical/non radiological progression). 
For patients who died without evidence of disease progression, the time from the last disease 
assessment to death will be summarized using number, mean, standard deviation, median, and 
range.  
The number (%) of censored patients and the timing of their censoring (ie, censored at 
randomization, censored at last disease assessment) will be summarized. 
2.4.4.3 Multiplicity issues 
No adjustment for multiplicity linked to the selection of dose will be done. 
2.4.5 Analyses of safety data 
The summary of safety results will be presented by dose levels in the Part 1 and by CA6 
expression level cohort in the Part 2 (mild expression and overexpression). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 39 
 
General common rules 
All safety analyses will be performed on the all-treated population as defined in Section 2.3.1.1, 
unless otherwise specified, using the following common rules: 
• Safety data in patients who do not belong to the all-treated population (eg, treated but not 
randomized) will be listed separately. 
• The baseline value is defined as the last available value before first study treatment 
infusion. 
• The analysis of the safety variables will be essentially descriptive. 
2.4.5.1 Analyses of adverse events 
Generalities 
The primary focus of adverse event reporting will be on treatment-emergent adverse events as 
defined in Section 2.1.4. Pretreatment and post-treatment adverse events will be described 
separately.  
If an adverse event date of onset (occurrence or becoming serious) is incomplete, an imputation 
algorithm will be used to classify the adverse event as pretreatment, treatment-emergent, or post-
treatment. The algorithm for imputing date of onset will be conservative and will classify an 
adverse event as treatment emergent unless there is definitive information to determine it is 
pretreatment or post-treatment. Details on classification of adverse events with missing or partial 
onset dates are provided in Section 2.5.4. 
The grade will be taken into account in the summary. For patients with multiple occurrences of the 
same event, the maximum (worst) NCI grade is used within the same period of observation 
(pretreatment, treatment, post-treatment). Summaries will be provided for all grades and for grade 
≥3 (including grade 5). Missing grades, if any, will be included in the “all grades” category. 
Sorting within tables ensures the same presentation for the set of all adverse events within the 
observation period (pretreatment, treatment-emergent and post-treatment). For that purpose, the 
table of all treatment-emergent adverse events presented by SOC and PT sorted by the 
internationally agreed SOC order and decreasing frequency of PTs within SOCs will define the 
presentation order for all other tables unless otherwise specified. In part 1, sorting will be based on 
results for the dose level 120mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w and in part 2, sorting will be based on the All 
column including overexpression and mild expression cohorts at the selected dose. 
Analysis of all treatment-emergent adverse events 
The following treatment-emergent adverse event summaries will be generated for the all-treated 
population. Overview of treatment-emergent adverse events, summarizing number (%) of patients 
with any  
• TEAE 
• Grade >3 TEAE 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 40 
 
• Grade 3-4 TEAE  
• Grade 5 TEAE (any TEAE with a fatal outcome during the treatment period)  
• Serious TEAE 
• TEAE leading to permanent treatment discontinuation 
In addition, an overview of Grade 5 AEs will be provided. 
The following frequency distributions of AEs (incidence tables) will also be provided for the all-
treated population, for all grades combined and grade ≥3.  
• All treatment-emergent adverse events by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing 
number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE sorted by the SOC internationally agreed 
order. The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical order.  
• All treatment-emergent adverse events by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) 
of patients with at least 1 treatment-emergent adverse event, sorted by the internationally 
agreed SOC order and by decreasing incidence of PTs within each SOC as previously 
defined. This sorting order will be applied to all other tables, unless otherwise specified. 
• All related treatment-emergent adverse events by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, 
showing number (%) of patients with at least 1 related TEAE sorted by the internationally 
agreed SOC order.  The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical 
order.  
• All related treatment-emergent adverse events by primary SOC and PT, showing the 
number (%) of patients with at least 1 related TEAE, sorted by the sorting order defined 
above. 
Analysis of all treatment emergent serious adverse event(s) 
All serious TEAEs will be presented by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients 
with at least 1 serious TEAE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and by decreasing 
incidence of PTs within each SOC. 
All treatment-emergent serious adverse events will be presented by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, 
and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least 1 serious treatment-emergent adverse 
event, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order.  The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be 
presented in alphabetical order. 
All treatment-emergent serious adverse events regardless of relationship and related to IMP will 
be presented by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at 
least 1 serious treatment-emergent adverse event, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order.  
The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical order.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 41 
 
Analysis of all treatment-emergent adverse event(s) leading to treatment discontinuation 
All treatment-emergent adverse events leading to permanent treatment discontinuation will be 
presented by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT, and PT, showing the number (%) of patients sorted by 
the internationally agreed SOC order.  The other levels (HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in 
alphabetical order. 
All TEAE leading to treatment permanent discontinuation will be presented by primary SOC and 
PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE leading to treatment 
discontinuation, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order. 
Analysis of all treatment-emergent adverse event(s) leading to dose modification 
The following summary tables are based on the investigator’s intent reported in the AE page 
(“action taken”): 
- 
All treatment-emergent adverse events leading to dose modification (delay and/or 
reduction/omission), by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients, 
sorted by the sorting order defined above.  
- 
All treatment-emergent adverse events leading to dose reduction/omission, by primary 
SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients, sorted by the sorting order defined 
above.  
- 
All treatment-emergent adverse events leading to dose interruption, by primary SOC 
and PT, showing the number (%) of patients, sorted by the sorting order defined above.  
- 
All treatment-emergent adverse events leading to dose delay, by primary SOC and PT, 
showing the number (%) of patients, sorted by the sorting order defined above.  
Analysis all treatment-emergent adverse events(s) with fatal outcome 
All TEAEs with fatal outcome will be presented by primary SOC, HLGT, HLT and PT, showing 
the number (%) of patients sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order. The other levels 
(HLGT, HLT, PT) will be presented in alphabetical order 
Analysis of adverse events of special interest 
Number (%) of patients with at least one AESI cited in Section 2.1.4 will be presented. 
Analysis of ocular toxicities and peripheral neuropathy 
For each TEAE, the number (%) of patients by worst grade, the cycle of first occurrence regardless 
of the grade, the cycle of first occurrence of the worst grade, the relationship to study treatment (in 
case of several occurrences with different relationships, if any event is related, then the 
relationship will be 'Related'), the action taken with the study treatment (in case multiple 
occurrences with  different actions, the most severe action taken will be tabulated and selected 
according to the following order of severity: drug withdrawn, dose reduced and delayed, dose 
reduced/omitted, dose delayed, drug interruption, dose not changed, not applicable),  the outcome 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 42 
 
(in case of multiple occurrences with different outcomes, the most severe outcome will be 
tabulated and selected according to the following order of severity: fatal, not recovered or 
resolved, recovering or resolving, recovered or resolved with sequelae, recovered or resolved, 
unknown) and the number of recurrences. 
Analysis of pre-treatment and post-treatment adverse events 
Overview of pre-treatment adverse events, summarizing number (%) of patients with any 
- 
Pre-treatment adverse events  
- 
Grade >3 pre-treatment treatment adverse events 
- 
Grade 3-4 pre-treatment adverse events 
- 
Serious pre-treatment adverse events 
- 
Grade 5 pre-treatment adverse events 
Overview of post-treatment adverse events, summarizing number (%) of patients with any 
- 
Post-treatment adverse events  
- 
Grade >3 post-treatment treatment adverse events 
- 
Grade 3-4 post-treatment treatment adverse events 
- 
Grade 5 post-treatment adverse events (including TEAE worsening to Grade 5 during 
the post-treatment period) 
- 
Serious post-treatment adverse events 
All pre-treatment AEs by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least 1 
pre-treatment AE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and decreasing incidence of PTs 
within each SOC.  
All post-treatment AEs by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least 
1 post-treatment AE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and decreasing incidence of 
PTs within each SOC 
Some listings might also be reported if judged more relevant. 
2.4.5.2 Deaths 
The following summaries of deaths will be generated for the all-treated population: 
• Number (%) of patients who died by study period (on-treatment, post-treatment as defined 
in Section 2.1.4.3) and reasons for death by treatment received. 
• Deaths in nonrandomized patients or randomized but not treated patients. A listing may be 
provided. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 43 
 
• Summary of AEs leading to death, by Primary SOC and PT  
- 
in context of disease progression (death within 30 days from last study treatment 
administration and for whom cause of death is disease progression), 
- 
in context other than PD (death within 30 days from last study treatment administration 
and for whom cause of death is different from disease progression, or death more than 
30 days from last study treatment administration and for whom cause of death equals to 
adverse event) 
Some listings might also be reported if judged more relevant. 
2.4.5.3 Analyses of ocular examinations 
Number (%) of visual symptoms will be provided.  
During the treatment, change from baseline will be summarized. 
For slit lamp examination, patients with abnormal or normal status will be provided. For patients 
with abnormal status, number of patients with corneal mycrocysts, corneal deposits, corneal 
erosion, corneal ulcer, and corneal inflammation at one of the eyes will be described. Number of 
patients with clinically significant findings will be reported with corresponding adverse event. 
For Schirmer’s test, descriptive statistics on the result will be provided. Patients will be classified 
into four classes with anesthetics: normal ≥15 mm, mild 14-9 mm; moderate 8-4 mm; severe 
<4 mm and ocular adverse events for the classification severe at baseline will be reported. 
For tonometry test, number (%) of patients with abnormal/normal status with and without dilation 
at baseline will be provided. During the treatment, descriptive statistics of the change from 
baseline without dilation for each eye will be provided. 
2.4.5.4 Analyses of laboratory variables 
Hematological and clinical biochemistry toxicities will be assessed from laboratory test 
parameters defined in Section 2.1.4.4. 
The frequency of patients in each grade of laboratory test during treatment will be summarized. 
For patients with multiple occurrences of the same laboratory variable during the treatment, the 
maximum grade (worst) per patient will be used. 
The denominator used for percentage calculation is the number of patients with at least 1 
evaluation of the laboratory test during the considered observation period. 
The summary table will present the frequency of patients with any grade of abnormal laboratory 
tests and with Grade 3-4 abnormal laboratory tests.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 44 
 
For the non-NCI gradable parameters (monocytes, eosinophils, basophils, chloride, total protein, 
BUN, LDH, urea, direct bilirubin), frequency of evaluable patients outside normal ranges will be 
provided.  
Regarding calculated creatinine clearance, a summary of the lowest value recorded by patient will 
be provided using summary statistics. Frequencies by class (≥90 mL/min, ≥60 mL/min and 
<90 mL/min, ≥30 mL/min and <60 mL/min, ≥15 mL/min and <30 mL/min, <15 mL/min) will 
also be provided. 
Moreover, a listing of possible Hy’s law cases identified (eg, patients with any elevated AST or 
ALT of >3 ULN and elevated Total bilirubin >2 ULN, 1 day apart), will be provided, displaying 
ALT, AST, Total bilirubin and ALP values.  
A summary reporting the number of patients with at least one positive serum pregnancy test 
during the study will be provided. 
2.4.5.5 Analyses of vital sign variables 
Vital signs parameters are described in Section 2.1.4.5. 
• A summary of baseline results will be provided for all parameters. 
• For ECOG performance status, a shift table will be provided for the last and worst 
evaluations respectively relative to baseline. 
• For blood pressure (SBP, DBP), a table will be provided with the last and worst 
evaluations (minimum and maximum value). In addition, for blood pressure, a graph 
describing mean changes from baseline and associated +/- SEM will also be done 
throughout the on-treatment period. 
• Weight and BSA will be summarized at baseline only 
For blood pressure parameters and weight, potentially clinically significant abnormality (PCSA) 
values are defined as abnormal values considered medically important by the Sponsor according to 
predefined criteria/thresholds based on literature review (Appendix E). 
Moreover, the incidence of PCSAs at any time during the treatment-emergent adverse event 
period will be summarized irrespective of the baseline level and/or according to the following 
baseline status categories:  
• Normal/missing 
• Abnormal according to PCSA criterion or criteria 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 45 
 
2.4.5.6 Analyses of electrocardiogram variables 
The incidence of patients with at least 1 abnormal ECG at end of treatment will be summarized or 
according to the following baseline status categories:  
• Normal/missing 
• Abnormal  
2.4.6 Analyses of biomarkers 
Parameters described in Section 2.1.7 will be summarized on the all treated population using 
descriptive statistics. 
2.4.6.1 Descriptive analyses 
CA6 expression 
At the end of part 1, baseline CA6 expression in tumor tissue will be summarized as the percent of 
positive cells at intensity 3+ and ≥2+ on the sum of membrane, as well as with the H-score on the 
sum of membrane. At the end of part 2, percent of positive cells at intensity 1+ will also be 
described. Descriptive analyses of cytoplasmic data may also be considered. 
Baseline circulating CA6 will also be summarized: 
- 
The relation between circulating CA6 at baseline and the percentage of positive cells of 
CA6 expression at intensity ≥ 2 in tumor tissue sample at baseline by IHC will be 
explored on the overall membrane by a scatter plot. Responders and non-responders 
will be identified by different symbols or colors. 
- 
A monotonic correlation evaluated with Spearman’s rank-order correlation coefficient 
could be done between the circulating CA6 at baseline and the percent of positive cells 
at intensity ≥2+ of CA6 expression by IHC.  
 
 
  
Genetic alterations 
For each genetic alteration listed in Section 2.1.7.3, a shift table will be performed between 
baseline and end-of-treatment (EOT) status to detect mutation changes.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 46 
 
2.4.6.2 Analyses between biomarkers expression and efficacy endpoints 
CA6 expression 
The analyses between CA6 IHC expression and efficacy endpoints will include the two expression 
cohorts (Part 2a and Part 2b). 
To assess the potential link between CA6 IHC expression and efficacy endpoints, CA6 IHC 
expression will be described according to patients’ status (responder/non responder).  
Following graphical representations will be provided: 
• Boxplots of percent of positive cells of CA6 at intensity ≥2+ according to patients’ status 
(responder/non-responder)  
• Potential link between percent of positive cells CA6 expression at intensity ≥2+ and the 
best relative tumor shrinkage will be assessed graphically with a Waterfall chart.  
• Scatter plot of percent positive cells of CA6 in intensity ≥2+ by the best relative tumor 
shrinkage 
To detect an association between biomarker status and ORR, a 1-sided Fisher’s exact test will be 
calculated considering the number of responses in each cohort (overexpression cohort and mild 
expression cohort) and the sample size of the cohorts. 
 
 
 
Genetic alterations 
To assess the potential link between genetic alterations and efficacy data, the following analyses 
will be summarized for each genetic alteration: 
• Number and percentage of patients with each genetic alteration status (baseline and EOT) 
by response status (responder/non-responder).  
• For each genetic alteration, a waterfall plot of the best relative tumor shrinkage according 
to genetic alteration status will be displayed. 
These analyses will be performed on the all-treated population. 
2.4.7 Analyses of pharmacokinetic variables 
PK parameters of SAR566658, naked huDS6 (SAR404461) and unconjugated maytansinoids 
(DM4 and Me-DM4) will be summarized with descriptive statistics (arithmetic and geometric 
means, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, minimum, median, and maximum). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 47 
 
The relationship between PK parameters and safety/efficacy endpoints may be investigated using 
logistic regression models with covariates selection using stepwise procedure. 
Those estimates will then be investigated as prognostic factors for clinical outcome including 
safety and efficacy endpoints, if possible. 
Previous PK data collected in other clinical studies such as TED10499, in which intensive blood 
sampling protocols were used, may be considered to help in model building. 
2.4.8 Analyses of immunogenicity variables 
Number (%) of patients with pre-existing ATAs, number (%) of ATAs negative patients, number 
(%) of inconclusive patients, number (%) of ATAs positive patients, number (%) of patients with 
treatment boosted ATAs, number (%) of patients with treatment induced ATAs (either transient or 
persistent) will be carried out. 
Prevalence and incidence will be presented as well as descriptive statistics of titers and a listing of 
ATAs time point assessment. 
The impact of positive immune response may be evaluated on efficacy, PK and safety endpoints. 
2.4.9 Further therapy after discontinuation of investigational medicinal product 
administration during the study 
Number (%) of patients with at least one post-treatment anti-cancer therapy (post-treatment 
systemic anti-cancer treatment, post-treatment radiotherapy or post-treatment surgery combined) 
will be summarized.  
Moreover, a summary table will be provided for post-treatment anti-cancer therapy based on 
WHO-DD coding. Descriptive statistics will be also provided for post-treatment radiotherapy and 
post-treatment surgery. 
2.5 
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS 
2.5.1 General conventions 
The following formulas will be used for computation of parameters. 
Demographic formulas 
Body surface area value will be derived using the variation of DuBois and DuBois formula: 
BSA (m²) = weight in kg 0.425 × height in cm 0.725  × 0.007184 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 48 
 
Renal function formulas  
Creatinine clearance value will be from the equation of Cockroft and Gault: 
(140 – age [years] x body mass [kg]) 
Creatinine clearance = 
Plasma creatinine (mg/dL) x 72 
x
Gender correction factor 
(male: 1.00; female: 0.85)
Creatinine clearance in ml/min at a cycle will be calculated using last weight assessed before or at 
the date of serum creatinine measurement. 
Corrected calcium formula 
Corrected Calcium = Serum Calcium (in mmol/L) + 0.8 (4 - serum albumin [in G/dL]) 
2.5.2 Baseline values 
In general, the baseline value of an analysis variable is defined as the last observation before the 
first dose of the treatment. 
2.5.3 Data handling conventions for secondary efficacy variables 
Valid/Evaluable tumor assessment: 
A valid post-baseline tumor assessment is one for which the derived “overall objective response” 
is not “NE” (not evaluable) as per RECIST 1.1 criteria. If the date of assessment is missing, the 
tumor assessment is not valid. 
In case of missing scans, i.e. if one lesion is not evaluated/missing for a given tumor assessment, 
the overall response should generally be NE unless there is a clear evidence of progression 
(independently of the missing lesion). 
Date of last valid tumor assessment (different from PD): if several scans are performed at different 
dates for a given tumor evaluation reported in the e-CRF, the date of the last valid tumor 
assessment is the date of latest scan. 
Date of disease progression determination: 
• PD by New lesion: for progression based on a new lesion, the date of progression is the 
date of the first observation that the new lesion was detected, 
• PD by target lesion: if multiple assessments based on the sum of target lesion 
measurements are done at different times, the date of progression is the date of the first 
radiological measurement, 
• PD by non-target lesion: if the first documented progression is based on a non-target lesion 
alone, the date of PD is the initial date at which unequivocal progression is associated with 
non-target disease, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 49 
 
• PD by a combination of factors: if the first documented progression is based on a 
combination of target and new and/or non-target disease, the date of PD shall be the 
earliest date associated with any of the contributing factors. 
The rules to determine date of progression are consistent with FDA recommendation described in 
“Guidance for Industry Clinical” 
• Efficacy response variable: when a proportion is calculated for a binary response variable 
(eg, response rate), the denominator is based on the total number of patients in the analysis 
population used for the summary. There can be 3 observations: Yes, No and Nonevaluable 
(or missing). For the patients with non-evaluable outcomes, the default rule is that the 
patients will be treated as “no events”. 
• Time to event data: missing outcomes due to different reasons will be handled using 
adequate censoring rules. The censoring rules are specified as part of the definition of the 
analysis variables in corresponding section. 
• Handling of missing/partial death dates: 
- 
If the day of the death date is missing, it will be imputed as the first day of the month, 
except if the date of the patient's last contact is in the same month as the death date. In 
this case, the death date is imputed as the date of last contact + 1 day. 
- 
If the day and month of the death date is missing, the date of death will be imputed to 
the first of January of the year, except if the date of the patient's last contact is in the 
same year as the death date.  In this case, the death date will be imputed as the date of 
last contact + 1 day. 
- 
If the death date is missing, no imputation will be done and the patient will be censored 
at the last contact date. 
• Incomplete date of first post-treatment anti-cancer therapy: if the day of first post-treatment 
anti-cancer therapy is missing, the date will be imputed to the first day of the month. 
2.5.4 Missing data 
In general, no imputation is planned for missing data. The following approaches are default 
methods for missing data handling. 
For categorical variables, patients with missing data are not included in calculations of 
percentages unless otherwise specified.  When relevant, the number of patients with missing data 
is presented. 
Continuous data: the analyses and summaries for variables with continuous scales will be based 
on observed data only. However, the number of patients with missing observations will be 
provided. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 50 
 
Incomplete date of initial cancer diagnosis 
If the day of initial cancer diagnosis is missing, the date will be imputed to the first day of the 
month. 
Incomplete start/end date of prior anti-cancer therapy  
If the day of start date of prior anti-cancer therapy is missing, the date will be imputed to the first 
day of the month. 
If the day of end date of prior anti-cancer therapy is missing, the date will be imputed to the last 
day of the month. 
Handling of medication missing/partial dates 
No imputation of medications start/end dates will be performed (other than prior and further anti-
cancer therapy). If a medication date is missing, so it cannot be determined whether it was taken 
prior or concomitantly, it will be considered as a prior, concomitant, and a post-treatment 
medication. 
Handling of adverse events with missing or partial date/time of onset 
Missing or partial adverse event onset dates and times will be imputed so that if the partial adverse 
event onset date/time information or visit number does not indicate that the adverse event started 
prior to treatment or after the treatment-emergent adverse event period, the adverse event will be 
classified as treatment-emergent. No imputation of adverse event end dates/times will be 
performed. These data imputations are for categorization purpose only and will not be used in 
listings. No imputation is planned for date/time of adverse event resolution 
Handling of missing assessment of relationship of adverse events to investigational medicinal 
product  
If the assessment of the relationship to IMP is missing, then the relationship to IMP has to be 
assumed and the adverse event considered as such in the frequency tables of possibly related 
adverse events, but no imputation should be done at the data level. 
Handling of missing grades of adverse events 
If the grade is missing for one of the treatment emergent occurrences of an AE, the maximal 
severity on the remaining occurrences will be considered. If the severity is missing for all the 
occurrences, no imputation will be done and the AE will be reported in all grades.  
Handling of potentially clinically significant abnormalities  
If a patient has a missing baseline he will be grouped in the category “normal/missing at baseline.” 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 51 
 
For PCSAs with 2 conditions, one based on a change from baseline value or a normal range and 
the other on a threshold value, with the first condition being missing, the PCSA will be based only 
on the second condition. 
2.5.5 Windows for time points 
Summaries by cycles focusing on exposure and tumor assessments will be tabulated based on 
cycles as recorded in the e-CRF. For specific measurements such as vital signs and laboratory 
parameters, window defined around the date of treatment may be considered. 
2.5.6 Unscheduled visits 
Unscheduled visit measurements of laboratory data, vital signs, and ECG will be used for 
computation of baseline and worst values and/or grades. 
2.5.7 Pooling of centers for statistical analyses 
Data from all sites will be pooled together for analyses. 
2.5.8 Statistical technical issues 
Not applicable 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 52 
 
3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
Interim analyses of efficacy, safety, and other data will be performed after 14 patients are treated 
at each dose level at the end of Part 1. These interim analyses are planned to occur when all 
patients have completed at least 4 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed 
objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason. However, if the futility criteria of 
2 responders is either met or not met with certainty for both arms when all patients have 
completed 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or 
discontinued the study for any reason, the analyses may be conducted at that time instead. 
Enrollment will be interrupted after completion of enrollment in Part 1, until completion of the 
Part 1 interim analysis. 
An interim analysis based on efficacy will be performed to assess futility (to reject early the 
hypothesis that the response rate is 30%). If there is 0 or 1 response (CR or PR) in the first 
14 patients treated at each dose, the 7.1% critical boundary is not met and the alternative 
hypothesis of at least 30% will be rejected. If the critical boundary of 7.1% is reached (2 responses 
or more), the study can continue in Part 2 at the selected dose. 
At the same interim analysis, overwhelming efficacy will be assessed (to reject early that the 
response rate is less than or equal to 12%). If there are 6 responses or more in the first 14 patients 
treated at 1 dose, the critical boundary of 42.9% (1-sided nominal significance level of 2%) is 
reached and the null hypothesis of 12% will be rejected. 
Overall, this procedure has 80% statistical power (1-sided alpha level of 10%) to reject the null 
hypothesis, using a gamma (-2) beta spending function for futility analysis and a Lan DeMets (OF) 
alpha spending function in a 1 sample test for a binomial proportion (East version 6.3 using exact 
computations, Cytel Software, Cambridge, MA) 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 53 
 
4 
DATABASE LOCK 
The database is planned to be locked when all patients have completed at least 4 postbaseline 
tumor assessments, experienced confirmed objective response, or discontinued the study for any 
reason. 
In case of early discontinuation of the study (for futility for instance), the database lock can be 
performed when all patients have completed at least 2 postbaseline tumor assessments, 
experienced confirmed objective response, or discontinued the study for any reason. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 54 
 
5 
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION 
All summaries and statistical analyses will be generated using SAS version 9.4 or higher. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 55 
 
6 
REFERENCES 
 
1. Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Boagerts J, Schwartz LH, Sargent D, Ford R, et al. New response 
evaluation criteria in solid tumours: revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Eur J Cancer. 
2009;45(2):228-47. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 56 
 
7 
LIST OF APPENDICES 
Appendix A: 
Specification of the Bayesian design in Part 1 
Appendix B: 
Determination of tumor response 
Appendix C 
Modified Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST 1.1) 
Appendix D 
SOC internationally agreed order 
Appendix E 
Potentially clinically significant abnormalities criteria for vital signs 
Appendix F 
Description of primary and sensitivity analyses of PFS 
Appendix G 
Generic ranges for hematological and biochemistry parameters 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 57 
 
Appendix A 
Specification of the Bayesian design in Part 1 
Primary objective of the study:  
Objectives of the study are to select the dose based on overall response rate and safety of 2 dose 
levels 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w.  
During the part 1 of the study, 14 patients will be included in both dose levels. 
Safety will be monitored and the risks for predefined safety criteria (PSC) during the first 2 cycles 
will be followed for patients in part 1of the study. We will use a Bayesian binomial model as a 
monitoring tool. 
Following predefined safety criteria have been selected for the study: 
- 
Grade ≥3 TEAE from SOC eye disorders 
- 
Grade ≥3 TEAE peripheral neuropathy (Preferred Term) 
- 
Grade ≥4 TEAE 
PSC evaluation will be performed on patients treated in the study who have completed 2 cycles, or 
who experienced predefined safety criteria (whatever the dose received). 
The design will recommend a GO decision if it verifies overdosing risk constraints in the 
population:  
- 
No more than 0.25 risk to recommend an overdosing dose (true PSC rate above 0.40).  
- 
No more than 0.05 risk to recommend an unacceptable toxicity dose (true PSC rate 
above 0.60). 
And so we will recommend to stop a dose level when overdosing dose or unacceptable toxicity are 
not controlled at the specific levels. 
The Bayesian model is planned to be run after 4 evaluable patients at dose level 120 mg/m2 
D1D8Q3W. 
The calculation will be done independently for the two tested doses 90 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w and 
120 mg/m2 D1D8Q3W. 
Assumptions for prior elicitation 
Prior distribution is elicited using the data from the first in human study (TED10499). 
As dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w has been already given in the phase I study, these data will be 
taken into account for the prior distribution of this dose level. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 58 
 
Dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w has never been tested before. As preliminary PK/PD analyses 
show that the dose intensity (mg/m2/week) is predictive of the occurrence of ocular toxicity (one 
of the predefined safety criteria), the data from dose level 240 mg/m2 Q3w with same dose 
intensity will be used for the elicitation of the prior distribution for the dose level 120 mg/m2 
D1D8 Q3w. 
Table 4 provides the final results for both dose level selected from the phase I as prior distribution 
of the Bayesian model: 
Table 4 - Results from the phase I TED10499 study 
Dose Levels and schedules 
90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w 
240 mg/m2 Q3w 
Number of patients 
17 
8 
Number of PSC 
1 
2 
 
Data from phase I are less informative than from phase II. Indeed patients selected for phase II are 
only CA6 positive with metastatic Triple Negative Breast Cancer and also they will all receive 
primary prophylaxis during their treatment whereas only some patients received primary 
prophylaxis during the phase I.  
That is why a discount parameter k and k’ is added for the corresponding dose level 90 mg/m2 
D1D8 Q3w and 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w such as: 
0 < k’ <k  ≤ 1 
and so 1 patient from the phase II will correspond to k or k’ patients from the phase I. k’ will also 
be lower than k, since prior information for dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w are not coming 
from the exact same dose level. 
Table 5 provides the information from phase I including discount parameter: 
 
Table 5 - Results from the phase I TED10499 study including discount parameter  
Dose Levels and schedules 
90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w 
240 mg/m2 Q3w 
Number of patients 
17k 
8k’ 
Number of PSC 
1k 
2k’ 
 
There is no information before the phase I study, so the minimally informative beta distribution 
will be used. It will be the Jeffrey’s prior beta distribution Beta (0.5, 0.5). 
Resulting beta distributions after phase I: 
- 
Beta(0.5+1k, 0.5+17k-1k) for dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w 
- 
Beta(0.5+2k’,0.5+8k’-2k’) for dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 59 
 
Posterior distribution 
The posterior distributions after n (or n’) additional patients and x (or x’) PSC respectively for 
dose level 90 mg/ m2 D1D8Q3w (or 120 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w) become 
- 
Beta(0.5+1k+x, 0.5+17k-1k+n-x) for dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w 
- 
Beta(0.5+2k’+x’,0.5+8k’-2k’+n’-x’) for dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8Q3w 
Risk of overdosing and unacceptable toxic dose 
If we note the previous distributions Beta(a,b), p-values for overdosing and unacceptable toxicity 
are derived for each dose following the formulas as below: 
poverdosing =1 –Fbeta(thresholdoverdosing, a,b) 
punaccaptable toxicity =1 –Fbeta(thresholdunacceptable toxicity, a,b) 
with Fbeta the distribution function of Beta(a,b). 
Choice for k and k’ 
Based on rules already defined above for k and k’, some simulations have been run to find a value 
for k and k’. The target was to find a k and k’ which will minimize the probability to take a wrong 
decision in any cases whatever the number of PSC found when we will run the Bayesian model at 
4 or 8 patients (which are numbers of patients where we planned to use the Bayesian model). And 
in the same time, we would like k and k’ which allow us to give some weight to the phase I and 
phase II in order for both results to be a part of the Go/No Go decisions. 
For simulations, we will: 
- 
Run the Bayesian model for 4 or 8 patients and see what will be the decision when 0, 
1, 2, 3 or 4 PSC(s) occur(s). 
- 
Using phase I result and for each case, a probability of PSC have been generated to 
simulate the rest of the patient until to get 14 patients for the phase II. 
- 
1000 simulations have been generated in order to calculate the probability of wrong 
decision where we compare the first decision at 4 or 8 patients with the simulated 
decision at 14 patients (do the decision will be the same at 4 or 8 patients compare to 
the decision taken with simulated data at 14 patients). 
So simulations will be performed for each k and k’ from 0.1 to 0.9 and following tables and 
figures show the results for probability of wrong decision for k and k’ when we run the Bayesian 
model at 4 and 8 patients: 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 60 
 
Figure 2 - Graph of probability of wrong decision by k values –90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 
patients 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 61 
 
Figure 3 - Graph of probability of wrong decision by k values – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 8 patients 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 62 
 
Table 6 - Probability of wrong decision by k values – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 and 8 patients 
Probability of wrong decisions by k values - Dose level 90 mg/m² D1D8 Q3w at 4 patients 
k 
PSC 
0,1 
0,2 
0,3 
0,4 
0,5 
0,6 
0,7 
0,8 
0,9 
0 
0,028 
0,01 
0,005 
0,001 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1 
0,276 
0,096 
0,061 
0,012 
0,012 
0,001 
0,001 
0 
0 
2 
0,335 
0,588 
0,331 
0,125 
0,091 
0,028 
0,021 
0,002 
0 
3 
0,05 
0,216 
0,325 
0,57 
0,363 
0,152 
0,115 
0,034 
0,006 
4 
0,004 
0,028 
0,06 
0,228 
0,314 
0,554 
0,388 
0,174 
0,057 
Sum1 
0,693 
0,938 
0,782 
0,936 
0,78 
0,735 
0,525 
0,21 
0,063 
Probability of wrong decisions by k values - Dose level 90 mg/m² D1D8 Q3w at 8 patients 
k 
PSC 
0,1 
0,2 
0,3 
0,4 
0,5 
0,6 
0,7 
0,8 
0,9 
0 
0,001 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1 
0,015 
0,001 
0,001 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
2 
0,204 
0,046 
0,031 
0,004 
0,001 
0 
0 
0 
0 
3 
0,411 
0,292 
0,236 
0,055 
0,047 
0,004 
0,001 
0 
0 
4 
0,07 
0,334 
0,395 
0,304 
0,26 
0,066 
0,057 
0,006 
0 
5 
0 
0,048 
0,07 
0,331 
0,386 
0,312 
0,273 
0,075 
0,016 
6 
0 
0 
0 
0,052 
0,068 
0,334 
0,368 
0,318 
0,098 
7 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0,057 
0,073 
0,334 
0,63 
8 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0,06 
0,302 
Sum2 
0,701 
0,721 
0,733 
0,746 
0,762 
0,773 
0,772 
0,793 
1,046 
 
Sum1+Sum2 
1,394 
1,659 
1,515 
1,682 
1,542 
1,508 
1,297 
1,003 
1,109 
 
As a higher k will give a weight too important to the phase I study and not enough weight to 
the phase II, we choose k=0.3 for dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w since this is the best 
intermediate value which minimizes the probability of wrong decision whatever the number 
of PSC that appear at 4 or 8 patients. 
 
 
Same work has been done for the dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 63 
 
Figure 4 - Graph of probability of wrong decision by k’ values – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 patients 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 64 
 
Figure 5 - Graph of probability of wrong decision by k’ values – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 8 
patients
 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 65 
 
 
 
Table 7 - Probability of wrong decision by k’ values –120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 and 8 
patients  
Probability of wrong decisions by k values - Dose level 120 mg/m² D1D8 Q3w at 4 patients 
k' 
PSC 
0,1 
0,2 
0,3 
0,4 
0,5 
0,6 
0,7 
0,8 
0,9 
0 
0,042 
0,055 
0,063 
0,057 
0,057 
0,056 
0,06 
0,024 
0,022 
1 
0,643 
0,356 
0,345 
0,336 
0,329 
0,33 
0,321 
0,171 
0,169 
2 
0,216 
0,25 
0,265 
0,287 
0,304 
0,321 
0,336 
0,516 
0,527 
3 
0,017 
0,026 
0,037 
0,046 
0,055 
0,059 
0,064 
0,185 
0,196 
4 
0 
0,002 
0,003 
0,003 
0,003 
0,004 
0,004 
0,026 
0,031 
Sum1 
0,918 
0,689 
0,713 
0,729 
0,748 
0,77 
0,785 
0,922 
0,945 
Probability of wrong decisions by k values - Dose level 120 mg/m² D1D8 Q3w at 8 patients 
k' 
PSC 
0,1 
0,2 
0,3 
0,4 
0,5 
0,6 
0,7 
0,8 
0,9 
0 
0,001 
0,001 
0,002 
0 
0,001 
0,001 
0,001 
0 
0 
1 
0,024 
0,024 
0,029 
0,027 
0,026 
0,025 
0,033 
0,006 
0,005 
2 
0,252 
0,247 
0,244 
0,239 
0,236 
0,232 
0,23 
0,067 
0,067 
3 
0,359 
0,368 
0,375 
0,379 
0,387 
0,393 
0,4 
0,663 
0,666 
4 
0,042 
0,049 
0,056 
0,064 
0,065 
0,068 
0,07 
0,309 
0,313 
5 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0,046 
0,051 
6 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
7 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
8 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Sum2 
0,678 
0,689 
0,706 
0,709 
0,715 
0,719 
0,734 
1,091 
1,102 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sum1+Sum2 
1,596 
1,378 
1,419 
1,438 
1,463 
1,489 
1,519 
2,013 
2,047 
 
For dose level 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w, k’=0.2 give the lowest probability of wrong decision, so 
it will be choose for this dose level. 
Results of the Bayesian model: 
As we decide to use k=0.3 for dose level 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w and k’=0.2 for dose level 
120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w, we can run the Bayesian model for 3, 4, 6 and 8 patients and see what will 
be the decision when 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 toxicity occurs. 
As we did previously, we will do simulations in order to calculate two probabilities of wrong 
decision:  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 66 
 
Compare to simulated decision at 14 patients: do the decision will be the same at 3, 4, 6 or 8 
patients compare to the decision taken with simulated data at 14 patients. 
Compare to the probability of toxicity generated using phase I results and data at 3, 4, 6 or 8 
patients: do the decision taken after 3, 4, 6 and 8 patients is in agreement with the probability of 
toxicity. 
 
Table 8 - Bayesian decision – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 3 patients 
Analysis at 3 patients at 90mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 
14 patients 
(1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability of  
toxicity (2) 
0 
GO 
0,94% 
0,03% 
1,4% 
0,7% 
1 
GO 
7,61% 
0,51% 
11,3% 
7,5% 
2 
No GO 
25,64% 
3,42% 
56,7% 
74,9% 
3 
No GO 
52,69% 
13,23% 
20,6% 
48,4% 
 
 
 
 
Table 9 - Bayesian decision – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 patients 
Analysis at 4 patients at 90mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
0,55% 
0,01% 
0,5% 
0,2% 
1 
GO 
4,94% 
0,22% 
6% 
4,7% 
2 
GO 
18,43% 
1,67% 
33% 
17,2% 
3 
No GO 
41,87% 
7,34% 
32,7% 
58,8% 
4 
No GO 
67,79% 
21,45% 
6,1% 
32,5% 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 67 
 
Table 10 - Bayesian decision – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 6 patients 
Analysis at 6 patients at 90mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
0,19% 
0% 
0,1% 
0,1% 
1 
GO 
2,04% 
0,04% 
1% 
2,1% 
2 
GO 
9,09% 
0,38% 
13,3% 
7,7% 
3 
GO 
24,71% 
2,06% 
46,1% 
24,4% 
4 
No GO 
47,45% 
7,56% 
18,7% 
52,5% 
 
 
 
 
Table 11 - Bayesian decision – 90 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 8 patients 
Analysis at 8 patients at 90mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
0,07% 
0% 
0% 
0,12% 
1 
GO 
0,83% 
0,01% 
0,24% 
0,74% 
2 
GO 
4,28% 
0,08% 
3,82% 
4,36% 
3 
GO 
13,59% 
0,53% 
23,22% 
13,04% 
4 
No GO 
30,4% 
2,33% 
36,98% 
69,74% 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 68 
 
Table 12 - Bayesian decision – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 3 patients 
Analysis at 3 patients at 120mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
7,72% 
1,11% 
9,6% 
6,8% 
1 
No GO 
35,18% 
9,94% 
50,9% 
65,6% 
2 
No GO 
70,84% 
35,72% 
12,3% 
29,3% 
3 
No GO 
92,97% 
71,72% 
1% 
5,3% 
 
 
Table 13 - Bayesian decision – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 4 patients 
Analysis at 4 patients at 120mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
4,56% 
0,44% 
5,4% 
4,2% 
1 
GO 
24,2% 
4,64% 
35,3% 
24,1% 
2 
No GO 
56,58% 
20,25% 
25,3% 
43,9% 
3 
No GO 
84,12% 
50,12% 
2,7% 
14,4% 
4 
No GO 
96,83% 
81,14% 
0,2% 
3,1% 
 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 69 
 
Table 14 - Bayesian decision – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 6 patients 
Analysis at 6 patients at 120mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
1,6% 
0,07% 
1,1% 
1,2% 
1 
GO 
10,89% 
0,95% 
13,7% 
10,1% 
2 
No GO 
32,71% 
5,63% 
50,6% 
68,7% 
3 
No GO 
61,31% 
19,41% 
13,9% 
38,9% 
4 
No GO 
84,29% 
44,33% 
1% 
14,5% 
 
 
Table 15 - Bayesian decision – 120 mg/m2 D1D8 Q3w at 8 patients 
Analysis at 8 patients at 120mg/m2 Q3W D1D8 
Probability of wrong 
decision  
Number of 
PSC 
Decision Overdosing 
probability 
Unacceptable 
probability  
Compare  to 
simulated 
decision at 14 
patients (1) 
Compare to 
the 
probability 
of  toxicity 
(2) 
0 
GO 
0,57% 
0,01% 
0,22% 
0,48% 
1 
GO 
4,69% 
0,19% 
3,48% 
4,36% 
2 
GO 
17,26% 
1,38% 
24,06% 
16,78% 
3 
No GO 
39,52% 
6,15% 
33,9% 
60,7% 
4 
No GO 
65,01% 
18,44% 
5,04% 
34,92% 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 70 
 
Appendix B 
Determination of tumor response 
The overall response at each time point and the best overall response will be determined by the 
Investigator derived from the tumor measurements data according to RECIST 1.1 criteria 
(Appendix C) using the following algorithm. 
• Overall Response:  
Overall response, or integrated response, will be determined by the investigator using assessments 
of target, non-target and new lesions according to RECIST 1.1. See Appendix C for details. 
• Confirmation:  
According to RECIST 1.1 a confirmed CR or PR will be based on two tumor assessments at least 
four weeks apart as follows: if a CR or PR outcome is reported, then a second tumor assessment 
with CR or PR at least four weeks later is needed for confirmation, regardless of how many 
“unknown/not applicable/missing/non evaluable” tumor assessments are in between the two 
outcomes. 
• Best Overall Response (BOR) :  
In general, a patient’s best tumor response will depend on the achievement of both: documented 
tumor measurement assessments and confirmation of the tumor response by RECIST1.1 criteria. 
For each patient the BOR will be derived based on the following algorithm: 
− a) PR/CR will be determined based on confirmed PR and confirmed CR described in the 
algorithm above. 
− b) SD and PD will be determined from the overall tumor response at each timepoint. If SD is the 
overall response and it occurs less than 35 days from first study administration, then overall 
response will not be SD. For patients who stop the treatment due to a symptomatic deterioration or 
death, without any other tumor assessment before the symptomatic deterioration or death, then the 
BOR will be considered as NE. These cases will be described separately as patients in early 
progression or early death. 
If PD is the overall response and it occurs less than 42 days from the first study administration, 
then the best overall response is PD. 
− c) Convention for PD after several NE cycles: in the case where the assessment at study entry is 
followed by several visits (or cycles) with no assessment (or only NE assessments or SD <35 days 
from first study administration) for more than twice the periodicity of tumor assessments (ie, for 
more than 42 days), and the next assessment is PD, the best overall response will be NE. If the PD 
occurs within this period of time, the best overall response will be PD. 
Using the outcome from a), b) and c) above, the BOR will be determined based on the following 
order of Overall Responses: CR, PR, SD, PD and NE. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 71 
 
In the BOR determination, tumor assessments performed after a patient started post-treatment 
anti-tumor therapy will not be considered. The date of post-treatment anti-tumor therapy for a 
patient will be the earliest date among the dates for “Post Treatment Anti-Cancer Drug Therapy”, 
“Post Treatment Radiation Therapy” and “Post-Treatment Anti-Cancer Surgery” for target and 
non-target lesions identified at baseline.  Assessments performed after the earliest post-treatment 
anti-tumor therapy will be excluded from the determination of BOR. If, in the same tumor 
evaluation period, several assessments are performed before the first post-treatment anticancer 
therapy and several assessments are performed afterwards, the disease assessment will be included 
in the determination of BOR. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 72 
 
Appendix C 
Modified Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors 
(RECIST 1.1) 
Definitions 
At baseline, tumor lesions/lymph nodes will be categorized measurable or non-measurable as 
follows: 
Measurable: 
• Tumour lesions: Must be accurately measured in at least one dimension (longest diameter 
in the plane of measurement is to be recorded) with a minimum size of:  
- 
10 mm by CT scan (CT scan slice thickness no greater than 5 mm).  
- 
10 mm caliper measurement by clinical exam (lesions which cannot be accurately 
measured with calipers should be recorded as non-measurable). 
- 
20 mm by chest X-ray. 
• Malignant lymph nodes: To be considered pathologically enlarged and measurable, a 
lymph node must be ≥15 mm in short axis when assessed by CT scan (CT scan slice 
thickness recommended to be no greater than 5 mm). At baseline and in follow-up, only 
the short axis will be measured and followed (see Special Issue 15). See also notes below 
on “Baseline documentation of target and non-target lesions” for information on lymph 
node measurement. 
Non-measurable  
• All other lesions, including small lesions (longest diameter <10 mm or pathological lymph 
nodes with 10 to <15 mm short axis) as well as truly non-measurable lesions. Lesions 
considered truly non-measurable include: leptomeningeal disease, ascites, pleural or 
pericardial effusion, inflammatory breast disease, lymphangitic involvement of skin or 
lung, abdominal masses/abdominal organomegaly identified by physical exam that is not 
measurable by reproducible imaging techniques. 
Special considerations regarding lesion measurability 
Bone lesions, cystic lesions, and lesions previously treated with local therapy require particular 
comment: 
Bone lesions: 
• Bone scan, PET scan or plain films are not considered adequate imaging techniques to 
measure bone lesions. However, these techniques can be used to confirm the presence or 
disappearance of bone lesions.  
• Lytic bone lesions or mixed lytic-blastic lesions, with identifiable soft tissue components, 
that can be evaluated by cross sectional imaging techniques such as CT or MRI can be 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 73 
 
considered as measurable lesions if the soft tissue component meets the definition of 
measurability described above. 
• Blastic bone lesions are non-measurable. 
Cystic lesions: 
• Lesions that meet the criteria for radiographically defined simple cysts should not be 
considered as malignant lesions (neither measurable nor non-measurable) since they are, 
by definition, simple cysts.  
• “Cystic lesions” thought to represent cystic metastases can be considered as measurable 
lesions, if they meet the definition of measurability described above. However, if non-
cystic lesions are present in the same patient, these are preferred for selection as target 
lesions. 
Lesions with prior local treatment: 
• Tumour lesions situated in a previously irradiated area, or in an area subjected to other 
loco-regional therapy, are usually not considered measurable unless there has been 
demonstrated progression in the lesion. Study protocols should detail the conditions under 
which such lesions would be considered measurable. 
Methods of measurement 
Measurement of lesions: All measurements should be recorded in metric notation, using calipers if 
clinically assessed. All baseline evaluations should be performed as close as possible to the 
treatment start and never more than 4 weeks before the beginning of the treatment. 
Method of assessment: The same method of assessment and the same technique should be used to 
characterize each identified and reported lesion at baseline and during follow-up. Imaging based 
evaluation should always be done rather than clinical examination unless the lesion(s) being 
followed cannot be imaged but are assessable by clinical exam. Clinical lesions: Clinical lesions 
will only be considered measurable when they are superficial and 10 mm diameter as assessed 
using calipers (e.g. skin nodules). For the case of skin lesions, documentation by color 
photography including a ruler to estimate the size of the lesion is suggested. As noted above, when 
lesions can be evaluated by both clinical exam and imaging, imaging evaluation should be 
undertaken since it is more objective and may also be reviewed at the end of the study. 
• Chest X-ray: Chest CT is preferred over chest X-ray, particularly when progression is an 
important endpoint, since CT is more sensitive than X-ray, particularly in identifying new 
lesions. However, lesions on chest X-ray may be considered measurable if they are clearly 
defined and surrounded by aerated lung.  
• CT, MRI: CT is the best currently available and reproducible method to measure lesions 
selected for response assessment. This guideline has defined measurability of lesions on 
CT scan based on the assumption that CT slice thickness is 5 mm or less. When CT scans 
have slice thickness greater than 5 mm, the minimum size for a measurable lesion should 
be twice the slice thickness. MRI is also acceptable in certain situations (eg, for body 
scans). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 74 
 
• Ultrasound: Ultrasound is not useful in assessment of lesion size and should not be used as 
a method of measurement. 
• Endoscopy, laparoscopy: The utilisation of these techniques for objective tumour 
evaluation is not advised. However, they can be useful to confirm complete pathological 
response when biopsies are obtained or to determine relapse in trials where recurrence 
following complete response or surgical resection is an endpoint. 
• Tumour markers: Tumour markers alone cannot be used to assess objective tumour 
response. If markers are initially above the upper normal limit, however, they must 
normalise for a patient to be considered in complete response. Specific guidelines for both 
CA-125 response (in recurrent ovarian cancer) and PSA response (in recurrent prostate 
cancer), have been published. In addition, the Gynecologic Cancer Intergroup has 
developed CA125 progression criteria which are to be integrated with objective tumour 
assessment for use in first-line trials in ovarian cancer. 
• Cytology, histology: These techniques can be used to differentiate between PR and CR in 
rare cases if required by protocol (for example, residual lesions in tumour types such as 
germ cell tumours, where known residual benign tumours can remain). When effusions are 
known to be a potential adverse effect of treatment (eg, with certain taxane compounds or 
angiogenesis inhibitors), the cytological confirmation of the neoplastic origin of any 
effusion that appears or worsens during treatment can be considered if the measurable 
tumour has met criteria for response or stable disease in order to differentiate between 
response (or stable disease) and progressive disease. 
Tumour response evaluation 
To assess objective response or future progression, it is necessary to estimate the overall tumour 
burden at baseline and use this as a comparator for subsequent measurements. Only patients with 
measurable disease at baseline should be included in protocols where objective tumour response is 
the primary endpoint. Measurable disease is defined by the presence of at least one measurable 
lesion. In studies where the primary endpoint is tumour progression (either time to progression or 
proportion with progression at a fixed date), the protocol must specify if entry is restricted to those 
with measurable disease or whether patients having non-measurable disease only are also eligible. 
Response Criteria 
Table 16 - Evaluation of target lesions 
Evaluation of target lesions 
Complete Response (CR) 
Disappearance of all target lesions. Any pathological lymph nodes (whether target or non-
target) must have reduction in short axis to <10 mm.s 
Partial Response (PR): 
At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the 
baseline sum diameters. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 75 
 
Evaluation of target lesions 
Progressive Disease (PD): 
At least a 20% increase in the sum of diameters of target lesions, taking as reference the 
smallest sum on study (this includes the baseline sum if that is the smallest on study). In 
addition to the relative increase of 20%, the sum must also demonstrate an absolute increase of 
at least 5 mm. (Note: the appearance of one or more new lesions is also considered 
progression). 
Stable Disease (SD): 
Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increase to qualify for PD, taking as 
reference the smallest sum diameters while on study 
 
Table 17 - Evaluation of non-target lesions 
Evaluation of non-target lesions 
Complete Response 
(CR): 
Disappearance of all non-target lesions and normalisation of tumour marker level. All lymph nodes 
must be non-pathological in size (<10 mm short axis). 
Incomplete 
Response/Stable 
Disease (SD):  
Persistence of one or more non-target lesion(s) and/or maintenance of tumour marker level above 
the normal limits. 
Progressive Disease 
(PD): 
Unequivocal progression (see comments below) of existing non-target lesions. (Note: the 
appearance of one or more new lesions is also considered progression). 
Although a clear progression of “non target” lesions only is exceptional, in such circumstances, the opinion of the treating physician. Should 
prevail and the progression status should be confirmed later on by the review panel (or study chair). 
Evaluation of Best overall response 
It is assumed that at each protocol specified time point, a response assessment occurs. The 
following table provides a summary of the overall response status calculation at each time point 
for patients who have measurable disease at baseline. 
Table 18 - Evaluation of overall response 
Target lesions 
Non-target lesions 
New lesions 
Overall response 
CR 
CR 
No 
CR 
CR 
Non-CR/non-PD 
No 
PR 
CR 
Not evaluated 
No 
PR 
PR 
Non-PD or not all evaluated 
No 
PR 
SD 
Non-PD or not all evaluated 
No 
SD 
Not all evaluated 
Non PD 
No 
NE 
PD 
Any 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
PD 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
Any 
Yes 
PD 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 76 
 
Table 19 - Evaluation of best overall response 
Overall 
response 
Overall response 
BEST overall response 
First time point 
Subsequent time point 
 
CR 
CR 
CR 
CR 
PR 
SD, PD or PRa 
CR 
SD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
CR 
PD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
CR 
NE 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise NE 
PR 
CR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
PR 
SD 
SD 
PR 
PD 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise, PD 
PR 
NE 
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration met, otherwise NE 
NE 
NE 
NE 
a If a CR is truly met at first time point, then any disease seen at a subsequent time point, even disease meeting PR criteria relative to 
baseline, makes the disease PD at that point (since disease must have reappeared after CR). Best response would depend on whether 
minimum duration for SD was met. However, sometimes ‘CR’ may be claimed when subsequent scans suggest small lesions were likely 
still present and in fact the patient had PR, not CR at the first time point. Under these circumstances, the original CR should be changed 
to PR and the best response is PR. 
 
The best overall response is determined once all the data for the patient is known. 
Best response determination in trials where confirmation of complete or partial response IS NOT 
required: Best response in these trials is defined as the best response across all time points (for 
example, a patient who has SD at first assessment, PR at second assessment, and PD on last 
assessment has a best overall response of PR). When SD is believed to be best response, it must 
also meet the protocol specified minimum time from baseline. If the minimum time is not met 
when SD is otherwise the best time point response, the patient’s best response depends on the 
subsequent assessments. For example, a patient who has SD at first assessment, PD at second and 
does not meet minimum duration for SD, will have a best response of PD. The same patient lost to 
follow-up after the first SD assessment would be considered invaluable. 
Best response determination in trials where confirmation of complete or partial response IS 
required: Complete or partial responses may be claimed only if the criteria for each are met at a 
subsequent time point as specified in the protocol (generally 4 weeks later). In this circumstance, 
the best overall response can be interpreted as in Table 19. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 77 
 
Appendix D 
SOC internationally agreed order 
The internationally agreed order (Guideline on summary of product characteristics, 
December 1999, European commission) for SOC: 
1. Infections and infestations 
2. Neoplasms benign and malignant (including cysts and polyps) 
3. Blood and the lymphatic system disorders 
4. Immune system disorders 
5. Endocrine disorders 
6. Metabolism and nutrition disorders 
7. Psychiatric disorders 
8. Nervous system disorders 
9. Eye disorders 
10. Ear and labyrinth disorders 
11. Cardiac disorders 
12. Vascular disorders 
13. Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders 
14. Gastrointestinal disorders 
15. Hepato-biliary disorders 
16. Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders 
17. Musculoskeletal, connective tissue and bone disorders 
18. Renal and urinary disorders 
19. Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions 
20. Reproductive system and breast disorders 
21. Congenital and familial/genetic disorders 
22. General disorders and administration site conditions 
23. Investigations 
24. Injury and poisoning 
25. Surgical and medical procedures 
26. Social circumstances 
The other terms are sorted by dictionary code order 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 78 
 
Appendix E 
Potentially clinically significant abnormalities criteria for vital signs 
 
Parameter 
PCSA 
Comments 
Vital signs 
SBP 
≤95 mmHg and decrease from baseline ≥20mmHg 
≥160 mmHg and increase from baseline ≥20 mmHg 
To be applied for all positions (including missing) 
except STANDING. 
DBP 
≤45 mmHg and decrease from baseline ≥10 mmHg 
≥110 mmHg and increase from baseline ≥10 mmHg 
To be applied for all positions (including missing) 
except STANDING. 
Weight 
≥5% increase from baseline  
≥5% decrease from baseline 
FDA Feb 2007. 
 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 79 
 
Appendix F 
Description of primary and sensitivity analyses of PFS 
 
Table 20 - PFS Primary analysis  
Situation 
Date of progression or censoring 
Outcome 
No baseline tumor assessments 
Date of first treatment administration 
Censored 
Documented progression according to 
investigator 
Earlier of: 
- Date of radiological assessment showing 
new lesion or progression of non-target 
lesion 
- Date of last radiological assessment of 
target lesions (if progression is based on 
increase in sum of target lesions) 
Event 
Death without documented progression 
according to investigator  
Date of death 
Event 
Both documented progression according 
to investigator and death  
Date of progression 
Event 
No documented progression according to 
investigator and no death  
Date of last valid tumor assessment 
without evidence of progression  
Censored 
Symptomatic deterioration reported and no 
documented progression according to 
investigator and no death 
Ignored 
Ignored 
Initiation of new anti-cancer treatment 
Ignored 
Ignored 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 80 
 
Table 21 - PFS sensitivity analysis #1 (progression based on investigator’s assessment of lesions, 
and including symptomatic deterioration) 
Situation 
Date of progression or censoring 
Outcome 
No baseline tumor assessments 
Date of first treatment administration 
Censored 
Documented Progression (without 
symptomatic deterioration) according to 
the investigator  
Earlier of: 
- Date of radiological assessment 
showing new lesion or progression of 
non-target lesion 
- Date of last radiological assessment of 
target lesions (if progression is based on 
increase in sum of target lesions) 
 
Event 
Death without documented progression 
and without symptomatic deterioration 
Date of death 
Event 
Symptomatic deterioration reported with 
no documented progression according to 
investigator and no death 
Date of symptomatic deterioration 
Event 
Symptomatic deterioration and 
documented progression according to 
the investigator regardless of death 
occurrence 
Earlier of the date of symptomatic 
deterioration and date of progression 
Event 
Symptomatic deterioration and death 
with no documented progression 
according to the investigator 
Date of symptomatic deterioration 
Event 
Documented progression according to 
the investigator and death with no 
symptomatic deterioration 
Date of progression 
Event 
No progression according to the 
investigator, no death, and no 
symptomatic deterioration 
Earlier of the date of last valid tumor 
assessment without evidence of 
progression and cut-off date 
Censored 
New anti-cancer treatment started 
Ignored 
Ignored 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 81 
 
Appendix G 
Generic ranges for hematological and biochemistry parameters 
The current list of generic ranges for hematological parameters (for adults) is provided in the table 
below:   
Table 22 – Generic ranges for hematological parameters 
LBTESTCD 
LBTEST 
GENDER 
LBSTRESU 
LBGNNRLO
HGB 
Hemoglobin 
F 
g/L 
120
HGB 
Hemoglobin 
M 
g/L 
135
LYM 
Lymphocytes 
 
10^9/L 
1
NEUT 
Neutrophils 
 
10^9/L 
1,8
PLAT 
Platelets 
 
10^9/L 
150
WBC 
Leukocytes 
 
10^9/L 
4,5
EOS 
Eosinophils 
 
10^9/L 
0
BASO 
Basophils 
 
10^9/L 
0
MONO 
Monocytes 
 
10^9/L 
0,18
HCT 
Hematocrit 
M 
% 
0,41
HCT 
Hematocrit 
F 
% 
0,36
RBC 
Erythrocytes 
F 
10^12/L 
4
RBC 
Erythrocytes 
M 
10^12/L 
4,5
Based on NEJM (N Engl J Med 2004;351:1548-63.): “Laboratory Reference Values”, Alexander 
Kratz, M.D., Ph.D., M.P.H., Maryjane Ferraro, Ph.D., M.P.H., Patrick M. Sluss, Ph.D., and Kent 
B. Lewandrowski, M.D. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan  
29-May-2018 
SAR566658-ACT14884 
Version number: 1 
 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 82 
 
The current list of generic ranges for biochemistry parameters (for adults) is provided in the table 
below:   
Table 23 – Generic ranges for biochemistry parameters 
LBTEST 
LBSTRESU 
LBGNNRLO - LBGNNRHI 
Albumin 
g/L 
35 - 55 
Blood Urea Nitrogen 
(BUN) 
mmol/L 
NA-17 
Calcium 
mmol/L 
2,2 - 2,6 
Chloride 
mmol/L 
80 - 115 
Glucose 
mmol/L 
3,9 - 7 
Potassium 
mmol/L 
3,5 - 5 
Magnesium 
mmol/L 
0,8 - 1,2 
Sodium 
mmol/L 
129 - 160 
Phosphate 
mmol/L 
1 - 1,4 
Protein 
g/L 
55 - 80 
Urea 
mmol/L 
3,6 - 7,1 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES 
 
Signed by 
Meaning of Signature 
Server Date 
(dd-MMM-yyyy HH:mm) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACT14884 16.1.9 Statistical analysis plan
Clinical Approval
12-Jun-2018 14:43 GMT+0200
Clinical Approval
12-Jun-2018 19:28 GMT+0200